124
Enq. Sl. No. Yard No. Indent No. Ind. Sl. No. Material Code Material Description Quantity Req. UOM HSN/SAC Code * Name of Supply State/UT GST (bidder to input only total applicable GST IN %, irrespective of IGST, CGST, SGST or combination of two types of GST) Technical Remarks* Accepted (Yes/No)* 1 2093 1000026116 00010 621551760103 OBS_FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON_X59308300031 ON BOARD SPARES FOR MAIN ENGINE: FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON AS PER PART NO.X59308300031 4 EA 2 2093 1000026116 00020 621551760106 OBS_FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON_X00042421 ON BOARD SPARES FOR MAIN ENGINE: FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON AS PER PART NO.X00042421 1 EA NOTE - Rate not to be quoted as this page. गारेन रीच शिपबिलररस एणर इंजिननयरस शिशिटेर Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) ITEM : SUPPLY OF FUEL FILTER OF MAIN ENGINE FOR YARD NO. 2093 (LCU Project) E-TENDER NO. NCM/ST/AM/FUEL FILTER/LCU/2093/ET-01867 FIRM NAME & ADDRESS OF THE BIDDER * BIDDER S REFERENCE NO. & DATE * CONTACT NO., FAX NO, E-MAIL OF THE BIDDER * *- Mandatory Field (भारत रकार का उपकि) (A Govt. of India Undertaking) (रका ितािय) (Ministry of Defence) P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 Page 1 of 1

ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Enq.

Sl.

No.

Yard No. Indent No.Ind.

Sl. No.Material Code Material Description

Quantity

Req.UOM HSN/SAC Code *

Name of Supply

State/UT

GST(bidder to input only total

applicable GST IN %, irrespective

of IGST, CGST, SGST or

combination of two types of GST)

Technical

Remarks*

Accepted

(Yes/No)*

1 2093 1000026116 00010 621551760103 OBS_FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON_X59308300031

ON BOARD SPARES FOR MAIN ENGINE: FUEL FILTER

SPIN-ON AS PER PART NO.X59308300031

4 EA

2 2093 1000026116 00020 621551760106 OBS_FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON_X00042421

ON BOARD SPARES FOR MAIN ENGINE: FUEL FILTER

SPIN-ON AS PER PART NO.X00042421

1 EA

NOTE - Rate not to be quoted as this page.

गार्डने रीच शिपबिल्र्डर्स एण्र्ड इंजिननयर्स शिशिटेर्डGarden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited

ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER)

ITEM : SUPPLY OF FUEL FILTER OF MAIN ENGINE FOR YARD NO. 2093 (LCU Project)

E-TENDER NO. NCM/ST/AM/FUEL FILTER/LCU/2093/ET-01867

FIRM NAME & ADDRESS OF THE BIDDER *

BIDDER S REFERENCE NO. & DATE *

CONTACT NO., FAX NO, E-MAIL OF THE BIDDER *

*- Mandatory Field

(भारत र्रकार का उपक्रि) (A Govt. of India Undertaking)

(रक्षा िंत्रािय) (Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088

Page 1 of 1

Page 2: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 1 of 7

ITEM : SUPPLY OF FUEL FILTER OF MAIN ENGINE FOR YARD NO. 2093 (LCU Project)

E-TENDER NO. NCM/ST/AM/FUEL FILTER/LCU/2093/ET-01867

DUE ON – 01-11-17 UP TO 12:00 NOON

FOR NEW / UNREGISTERED VENDORS

New / Unregistered vendors to positively submit the following qualification criteria in Part ’A’ of the Bid failing which their offer will not be consider further for tender evaluation. (a) Submission of the constitution and status of the firm. (b) Registration with GOI/PWD/PSU/and reputed organization, if any. (c) Experience of supply / manufacture during last 2/3 years of tendered item. (P.O. copy

& performance certificate of reputed customers to be enclosed). (d) Submission of Sales Tax clearance certificate, PAN together with copies of trade

license, Xerox copies Registration of VAT/Service Tax registration. (e) Copy of Audited Balance Sheet and Audited Profit & Loss Account for last three

years and Solvency Certificate from Banker. (f) Name, address, telephone & Fax No. of the bankers and the contact person of the

firm. (g) Either OEM or their authorized distributor / dealer can participate in this tender. A

valid authorization certificate of OEM has to be enclosed with Part A of offer to qualify participation by an authorized dealer / distributor.

Scanned copies of the above documents to be attached alongwith the techno-commercial bid. The original are to reach the tendering authority / undersigned within the due date and time failing which offer is liable to be rejected.

FOR ALL VENDORS

1. You will have to submit two separate bids, indicating tender no., due date, and nature of bid as follows, failing which your offer shall be rejected: (i) Part A : Techno-Commercial bid (it must contain only technical & commercial points

and must not contain any price). (ii) Part B : Price bid (containing only price).

Tender must be submitted in system generated data sheet through e-procurement will be available for download, need to fill up the required field and upload the file. Price bid need to be filled up in given price bid data sheet only, no other attachment regarding price will be allowed if so then offer will be treated as cancelled.

2. Benefits being accorded to the Micro & Small Enterprises (MSEs) vendors regarding implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows:

a) This policy for MSEs shall apply to all the MSEs registered with District Industries Centre

or Khadi & Village Industries Commission or Khadi & Village Industries Board or Coir Board or National Small Industries Corporation or Dte. Of Handicraft & Handloom or any other bodies specified by Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises. Documents, Entrepreneurs Memorandum (EM Part-II) / NSIC certificate / UAM (Udyog Aadhar Memorandum), for manufacture/supply of concerned equipment/item, must be submitted along with the offer for such purpose to claim the benefit.

Page 3: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 2 of 7

b) Following facilities/benefits will be given to MSEs :- (i) Issue of Tender sets free of cost. (ii) Exemption for payment of Earnest Money Deposit.

Above benefits will also be accorded to the vendors registered with NSIC under a single point vendor registration scheme. The vendors registered with NSIC under single point registration, for manufacture/supply of concerned equipment/item, will additionally be exempted from submitting the security deposit.

c) (i) MSEs registered with MSME authority as above, quoting prices within 15% of lowest

eligible price bid of other bidder(s) shall be eligible for purchase preference for 20% of the order quantity (subject to order quantity being adequate for this purpose) provided the MSE matches the L1 landed cost at GRSE. (ii) If it happens that two or more MSEs are within L1 + 15% range, all such MSEs will be given an opportunity to accept the L1 price and to share 20% of the order value equally.

d) (i) In case the MSE is owned by SC/ST owners, then the enterprise will get a share of

4% of the above 20% exclusively in addition to sharing of equal portion of balance 16% with other non-SC/ST MSEs. (ii) If more than one MSE owned by SC/ST owners are there in case of a tender, such MSEs will share 16% of the total ordered value equally with other non-SC/ST owned MSEs in addition to equally sharing 4% exclusively reserved for SC/ST owned enterprises.

e) To qualify for entitlement as SC/ST owned MSE, the SC/ST certificate issued by the

District Authority must be submitted along with the offer.

f) It is to be noted by all concerned that in case the participating MSE is a partnership

company having one of the partner belonging to SC/ST as above, whether benefit related to SC/ST owned MSE is to be accorded or not shall be notified subsequently pending which no related benefit will be accorded at present.

g) Following payment terms for MSEs are applicable:-

(i) For value of order less than Rs. 1 lac – 90% of the value of the purchase order, through ECS/NEFT, within 30 days of receipt of material at GRSE Stores. Balance 10% shall be released after inspection and creation of satisfactory inspection report / ICGRN.

(ii) For value of order greater than Rs. 1 lac - 90% of the value of the purchase order, through ECS/NEFT, within 30 days of receipt of material at GRSE Stores. Balance 10% shall be released after inspection and creation of satisfactory inspection report / ICGRN and against submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% value of the order, valid till expiry of guarantee period.

h) GRSE, being a public sector enterprise, endeavours to support the Micro and Small Enterprises for facilitating their promotion and development and enhancing their competitiveness. Bidders may therefore procure all such parts / components, as contained in the list available on GRSE website, required in manufacturing of the ordered equipments / products, from MSEs and a certificate to that effect (with details of the vendors, value of procurement and quantity) may be furnished with the bills.”

Page 4: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 3 of 7

3. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION & SCOPE OF SUPPLY :- Items are to be supplied as per SOTR NO. RN/2092-99/E/01/ME, REV.01. Bidder to accept and comply clauses of SOTR. Quantity of item will be as per the tender. The requirement is for 1 Ships i.e. Yd.2093 (LCU Project).

4. INSPECTION :-

(i) Pre-dispatch as per applicable clause of SOTR NO. RN/2092-99/E/01/ME, REV.01. (ii) Class Inspection charges if any to be by the supplier directly to the Inspection Agency.

(iii) Receipt inspection will be carried out by GRSE (RIC). 5. SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS :-

Relevant inspection documents and Guarantee Certificate are to be provided alongwith delivery of material failing which materials are liable to be rejected. A set of the above certificates are also to be forwarded to the ordering authority for records.

For late submission of original despatch documents / wrong documentation, demurrage / wharfage charges if incurred, shall be recovered from the supplier.

6. Techno-commercial bid must be submitted within due date through e-tendering system

procedure. 7. All Tenders must remain firm and open for acceptance for 120 days from the due date. As a

general rule, price negotiation with L-1 vendor(s) will not be entered into as far as possible, unless warranted by unreasonable price quoted in the opinion of GRSE.

8. CONDITIONAL OFFER :-

No conditional offer and hard copy of offer will be accepted.

9. L-1 BIDDER shall be decided on totality basis.

10. PART ORDER :- No Item wise Part Order will be placed and the same is to be acceptable to the bidder.

11. TERMS OF PRICE :- Price shall be F.O.R. GRSE Stores at Kolkata basis inclusive of packing forwarding, freight & Insurance charges if any.

12. TAXES :- GST : Will be paid extra as applicable. Percentage of GST rate alongwith HSN Codes etc. to be indicated to be indicated in Techno-commercial Bid.

13. PRICE COMPARISON:- Price comparison will be made on cost to the company basis.

14. DELIVERY SCHEDULE :- Within 1 (one) month from the date of receipt of PO.

15. TERMS OF PAYMENT :- i) 90% of order value alongwith 100% Taxes & Duties, will be made against delivery of

the material at GRSE through E.C.S/NEFT. Following documents are to be submitted alongwith your bill for payment:- a) Invoice 4 copies b) GRSE stores Receipted challan 4 copies c) Guarantee certificates 4 copies

Page 5: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 4 of 7

ii) Balance 10% will be made against receipt and acceptance of material after Guarantee Period or against submission of PBG for equivalent amount valid till Guarantee Period as per GRSE format and submission of following documents:- a) Invoice 4 copies b) Copy of clear ICGRN

The vendors are required to confirm clear acceptance of the aforesaid payment terms. In case of deviation GRSE reserves the right not to consider your offer as a non-responsive bidder against the tender. N.B :- The supplier shall stipulate the following on delivery Challan :- "We undertake to make up short fall / discrepancy in supply if any within a reasonable time".

16. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE :- A Bank Guarantee of 10% of the value of order valid till guarantee period to be submitted as Performance BG as per GRSE’s format before claiming 100% payment. GRSE reserves the right to invoke the above Bank Guarantee at any time during its validity period in the event of any breach of terms stipulated in the order. In case PBG is not submitted, 90% payment will be released & balance 10% after completion of Guarantee Period.

17. PROCEDURE FOR SUBMISSION OF BANK GUARANTEE :- Bank Guarantee should be executed on the non-judicial stamp paper of Rs.50/- which should be obtained in the name of the executing Banker. In case a single stamp paper of Rs.50/- is not available, stamp paper of multiple denomination is acceptable provided serial no. of such stamp paper are consecutive and are purchased on the same date. Bank Guarantee should be executed strictly as per GRSE's Format. Any alteration in the writing is required to be authenticated by the signatory executing the Bank Guarantee under official seal. B.G. must be submitted in banker's sealed envelope directly to the following address : General Manager (F), Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd., 43/46, Garden Reach Road, Kolkata – 700 024.

18. GUARANTEE PERIOD :- The materials are to be guaranteed /warranted for satisfactory performance for the period of 18 months from the date of satisfactory commissioning of each vessel on which the materials /items are installed OR for the period of 36 months from the date of final dispatch for each ship, whichever expires earlier, against improper design, defective materials and faulty workmanship. During guarantee/ warrantee period any equipment or component thereof supplied by the vendor, suffers due to defective material and or due to improper design and or due to defective drawing or due to faulty workmanship the vendor will assume full responsibility of rectification of such defective equipment or component thereof including direct expenses related to removal and re-positioning of the replacement/repaired equipment or component thereof and subsequent test & trial, incurred thereon without any financial implication to GRSE.

19. LIQUIDATED DAMAGE (L.D):- For delay in delivery of materials, L.D will be applicable @1/2% per week or part thereof on the undelivered material/ work subject to max. 5% of the value of the order for delayed part.

20. RISK PURCHASE:- For unsatisfactory progress even before contractual delivery date or delay in delivery, GRSE shall have the right to cancel the order and procure materials from alternative source completely at the suppliers risk and cost.

Page 6: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 5 of 7

21. PACKING :- All materials are to be properly packed to protest against ingress of water & dust and to withstand transit damages / pilferages. All packing/ cases should be properly identified and tagged.

22. The items are to be delivered against proper delivery challan / consignment note (in quadruplicate) indicating purchase order details, material code nos., yard nos., GRSE material code nos. & yard nos. are also to be marked/tagged on the items. Please instruct your transporter to deposit one copy of the receipted delivery challan with the ordering authority.

23. ACCEPTANCE :- It is not binding on the purchaser to accept the lowest or any tender. The purchaser reserves the right to accept any of the tender or part of a tender without assigning any reason. The purchaser reserves the right to split up the tender and place order for individual item with different suppliers. The purchaser also reserves the right to order 25% more / less of the total tendered quantity.

24. SECRECY CLAUSE :-

All information given to the supplier for the execution of the order is to be treated as SECRET / CONFIDENTIAL. The technical information, drawings, specification and other related documents forming part of this Enquiry / order are the property of Purchaser and shall not be used for any other purpose except for the execution of Order. Any information / drawing etc. shall not be copied, transcribed, traced or reproduced in any other form or otherwise in whole / part or duplicated, modified, divulged and / or disclosed, to a third party not misused, used in any other form whatsoever without purchaser's prior consent in writing except to the extent required for the execution of this order. At the time of tendering the purchaser has to give an undertaking in favour of G.R.S.E. that in the event of any breach of the above provisions, he would make good of any loss / cost / damage / any other claim whatsoever preferred by anybody to G.R.S.E. in this respect.

25. PATENT RIGHT :-

GRSE shall be completely absolved of any responsibility towards any infringement of Patent Right etc. i.e. a clear and quite possession of goods should take place with the passing of title on execution of the order.

26. REJECTION OF MATERIALS :- Rejection of materials and also the late delivery will affect further business with GRSE. No claim of payment will be entertained (for rejected material) in case rejected items are not lifted back within 14 days from the date of rejection. Replacement against rejection is to be made by vendor Free of Cost within 14 days of Store's intimation.

27. CANCELLATION OF ORDER :-

In the event of progress being poor, GRSE reserve the right to cancel the order & no cancellation charges will be paid to the firm on this account.

28. EXECUTION OF ORDER :- Order once placed must be executed in full within the stipulated delivery period, unless otherwise specially agreed by the buyer in writing.

29. RIGHT OF INVOCATION OF BANK GUARANTEE :- GRSE reserves the right to invoke the Bank Guarantee at any time during its validity period in the event of failure / delay in supply / breakage any sorts of operational complication of ordered materials / breach of any terms of this contract.

Page 7: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 6 of 7

30. FORCE MAJEURE CLAUSE :- Will be applicable as per GRSE STACS clause no. IN 801 and as vetted by Ministry of Law.

31. MODE OF DESPATCH :-

a) For local supplier : To be delivered to GRSE at your cost.

b) For out-side supplier : The items to be dispatched preferably through GRSE nominated transporter on freight paid & door delivery basis. The materials are to be suitably packed to avoid transit damage / pilferage.

Way bill : For arranging Way bill the firm has to submit the following documents to reach the ordering authority per courier if required :-

i) Ink signed invoice in duplicate. ii) Copy of LR.(C/N copy). 32. ARBITRATION :-

i) If at any time, before during or after the contract period, any unsettled claim, question, dispute or difference arises between the parties, upon or in relation to or in connection with or in any way touching or concerning this order, the same shall be referred to the Chairman & Managing Director(“ CMD” in short) of Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited ( “GRSE Ltd” in short) for appointment of a sole arbitrator for adjudication of the said disputes or differences, in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

ii) The CMD, GRSE Ltd. shall appoint a person, whom he thinks fit and competent, for adjudication of the disputes or differences, as the Sole Arbitrator.

iii) Such arbitration shall, in all respects, be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules framed there under or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force

iv) The Award of the Sole Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties. v) In the event of the death or resignation for any reason whatsoever of the said Sole

Arbitrator, appointed by the said CMD of GRSE Ltd. , the CMD of GRSE Ltd., on an application from either of the parties in this behalf, shall appoint in place of the outgoing Arbitrator, another person whom he thinks fit and competent to adjudicate the said disputes and differences in accordance with law.

vi) Also in the event an Arbitration award is set aside by a competent court on an application from either party and unless otherwise ordered by the said court, the CMD of GRSE Ltd., on an application from either party, shall appoint a person whom he thinks fit and competent to adjudicate the disputes and differences in accordance with law.

vii) The cost of the arbitration, fees of the arbitrator, remuneration of the stenographer and clerk, stamp paper etc. as shall be decided by the Sole Arbitrator, shall be shared equally by the parties. The venue of arbitration shall be at Kolkata and unless otherwise decided by the parties or by the Sole Arbitrator himself the venue shall be the premises of Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd. located at 43/46, Garden Reach Road, Kolkata 700 024.

viii) The language of the proceeding shall be in English.

33. JURISDICTION :- All disputes arising out of the contract if required to be referred to a Court of Law, the Jurisdiction of the case would be under Kolkata Court irrespective of the location of the vendor.

Page 8: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (A Govt. of India Undertaking Under Ministry of Defence)

P-2/2, Taratala Road, Kolkata – 700 088 < > Home Page :: www.grse.nic.in < > Phone :: 2469-8127 < >

< > CIN :: U35111WB1934GOI007891 < >

Page 7 of 7

34. The Company shall not be liable under the Workmen's Compensation Act of 1923, in case any employee or workmen of any Contractor receives injury while actually serving his employer in connection with the latter's work inside the compound of GRSE Ltd.

35. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS :- Vendor is warranted that all goods purchased against the enquiry shall conform with all applicable city, States and Central Laws, Ordinances and Regulations. Further, Vendor shall indemnify / defend / relieve GRSE harmless from loss, cost of damage, by reason or any actual or alleged violation thereof.

36. In case of single part offer, GRSE reserves the right to reject the technical offer of the bidder not confirming to the tendered requirement.

37. GRSE also reserves the right to split up the tendered quantity and place order on more than one supplier.

38. Transaction fee of Rs. 500.00 for first return & Rs. 1,000.00 for subsequent return of bill with inappropriate documents will be charged.

39. All other terms and conditions will be applicable are as per GRSE's latest STACS Ref. No. GRSE-STACS-PE-INDG (August - 2006).

IMPORTANT NOTE :-

1] TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BID WILL BE OPENED ON THE DUE DATE AND TIME OF TENDER YOU MAY SEE THE STATUS ONLINE.

2] IN CASE IF YOU ARE NOT INTERESTED TO QUOTE, PLEASE REGRET BY RETURN MAIL.

3] IN CASE OF NON-RECEIPT OF FILLED IN STACs ACCEPTANCE FORMAT MATRIX, IT WOULD BE PRESUMED THAT YOU HAVE ACCEPTED ALL OUR TERMS & CONDITION AS PER GRSE "STACS", UNTIL & UNLESS DEVIATION IS SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN OFFER.

For GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS & ENGINEERS LTD.

(A. MAHATO) MANAGER (NCMPD)

E-mail – [email protected]

End of Document

Page 9: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/01/ ME

Rev 01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 1 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Revision No. Reference Signature

Rev 01 SOTR converted to PTS post TNC

SR

PURCHASE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

Specification No: RN/2092-99/ E/01 / ME, Rev-01

Page 10: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/01/ ME

Rev 01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 2 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

The Specification for Main Engine consists of the following and is to be read in conjunction with all clauses as applicable in –

1) List of OBS – As per Enclosure 3 of TNC Minutes 2) List of B&D Spares – As per Enclosure 5 of TNC Minutes 3) List of Onboard standard/ Special Tools – As per Enclosure 4 of TNC

Minutes 4) List of B & D Tools– As per Enclosure 6 of TNC Minutes 5) List of Commissioning Spares– As per Enclosure 7 of TNC Minutes 6) List of Deliverables – As per Enclosure 2 of TNC Minutes 7) List of as made drawings. –Encl. 1

This specification is to be read in conjunction with following Electrical Specifications:

1) General conditions for procurement of electrical equipment - RN/2092-99/LW/L01 Rev 07

2) Statement of electrical requirements for A.C motors & control gears etc. - RN/2092-2099/LW/A19 Rev 06

3) Enclosure-I to Statement of electrical requirements for A.C motors & control gears etc

Page 11: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/01/ ME

Rev 01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 3 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

ESSENTIAL CLAUSE

i. THE EQUIPMENT/ ITEM IS TO BE WEIGHED IN PRESENCE OF INSPECTING AUTHORITY AND A WEIGHT CERTIFICATE IS TO BE SUBMITTED DULY SIGNED BY INSPECTING AUTHORITY. THE SPECIFIED WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT/ITEM IS TO BE STRICTLY MAINTAINED. HOWEVER, IF THE ACTUAL WEIGHT COMES WITHIN + 5%, NO PENALTY SHALL BE IMPOSED. BUT, IF THE ADDITIONAL WEIGHT EXCEEDS 5% & FOUND TO BE IN RANGE OF 5% TO 10% OF SPECIFIED WEIGHT, THEN 5% OF BASIC COST OF THE PARTICULAR EQUIPMENT/ ITEM WILL BE DEDUCTED AS PENALTY. FURTHER, IF THE ACTUAL WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT/ITEM IS MORE THAN 10% OF SPECIFIED WEIGHT, THE EQUIPMENT/ITEM WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AND RISK PURCHASE CLAUSE WILL BE IMPOSED

ii. THE FIRM IS TO FURNISH THE BINDING DIMENSIONS OF THE

EQUIPMENT BEING SUPPLIED, WHICH SHOULD BE STRICTLY MAINTAINED DURING DELIVERY WITHIN THE TOLERANCE LIMIT OF 2%. HOWEVER, NO CHANGE IN FOOT PRINT DIMENSIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED

iii. COMPLIANCE MATRIX OF SOTR (CLAUSE WISE) IS TO BE FURNISHED

BY FIRM ALONG WITH TECHNICAL OFFER. SOTR para Reference

Offer para reference Remarks if any

iv. DUE TO VERY STRICT WEIGHT CONTROL IN THE PROJECT LCU,

EACH SOR SHOULD SPECIFY A LIMITING WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT/ITEM

v. UNRESTRICTED OPERATION OF THE ENGINE AT 100% MCR

vi. FIRM IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT HARD COPY OF TECHNICAL OFFER

ALONG WITH COMPLIANCE MATRIX TO HQ/DSP AS PART OF OFFER SUBMISSION AND CONFIRM THE SAME. THE ADDRESS FOR SUBMISSION OF HARD COPY IS

The Chief of Naval Staff (for DSP) Integrated Headquarters Ministry of Defence (Navy) New Delhi- 110011

(Kind Attention: Capt J Chowdhury, DSP)

Page 12: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/01/ ME

Rev 01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 4 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Documents to be submitted along with the offer

(a) Technical Offer

(b) Compliance Matrix

(c) OBS list

(d) B&D List

(e) List of Standard and Special Tools

(f) List of Deliverables

(g) List of As Made drawings

(h) Draft QAP

(i) Basic system drawings

(j) Performance Curve

(k) Foundation details

(l) Overall dimension and weight

(m)Shipping and unshipping requirements

(n) Maintenance Information:

i) MTBD (Mean Time Between Defects)

ii) MTBO (Mean Time Between Overhaul)

iii) MTTR (Mean Time To Repair)

iv) Mean Time between non-repairable sea failures.

v) Planned life

n) Confirmation of submission of above documents to IHQ as per essential clause

o) Any other information specifically indicated in SOTR

Page 13: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/01/ ME

Rev 01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 5 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

ILMS FORMAT (Promulgated by IHQ, MoD (N), DND fax no. CD/28401/Policy dated 02nd Dec 08)

COL. 01

COL. 02 COL. 03 COL. 04 COL. 05 COL. 06 COL. 07 COL. 08 COL. 09 COL. 10 COL. 11 COL. 12 COL. 13

Sl No. OEM Name

Equipment Name

Equipment Model No

Equipment Part No

Assembly Part No

Sub Assembly Part No

Kit's Part Number

Spare Part Number

The details to the right of this column belong to E/A/S/K/P (Equipment/Assembly/ Sub Assembly / Kit / Spare Part )

Description

Unit of Accounting (Denomination)

Qty Fitted in Equipment

Int(3) Char ( 50 )

Char ( 60 )

Char ( 24 )

Char ( 32 ) Char ( 24 )

Char ( 24 )

Char ( 24 )

Char (24 )

Char ( 1 ) Char ( 60 )

Char ( 3 ) int

not null not null not null not null not null not null not null not null

COL. 14 COL. 15 COL. 16 COL. 17 COL. 18 COL. 19 COL. 20 COL. 21 COL. 22 COL. 23 COL. 24 COL. 25 COL 26 Qty Fitted in Assembly

Qty Fitted in Sub Assembly

Qty Fitted in Kit

PIL Reference

Drawing Reference

Qty of Base & Depot Spares as per manufacturer

Qty of On board Spares as per manufacturer

CRP Category ( To be filled in by Prod / Prof Dte's

Unit Price

Total Price

Location ( To be kept blank)

Data Item Last Mustered( To be kept blank)

Remarks Of Include Authority For Any Reduction (To be kept blank)

Int (3) Int(3) Int(3) Int(3) Char ( 30 )

Int(3) Int (3) Char(1) int int

not null not null not null not null not null

Page 14: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/01/ ME

Rev 01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 6 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Few Codes Used in ILMS

Item Deno Cubic centimeter cc Centimeter cm Cubic feet cuF Cubic metre cuM Dozen doz Fathom fm Feet ft Gallon gal Gram gm Gross gro Kilogram kg Pound lb Litre lit Metre m Milligram mg Milliliter ml Millimeter mm Number no Pair pr Quire qr Quintal qtl Ream rm Set set Square feet sqF Square metre sqM Tonne metre (1000 kg)

tnM

yard yd

Page 15: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 7 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

CODES USED IN ILMS RELATIONAL DATA MODEL Currency Code Country Code

rbl Russian Rouble BLG Republic of Bulgaria Yen Japanese Yen Bel Belgium

US$ US Dollar CAN Canada

UK# UK Pound Sterling DEN Denmark Swe Swedish Kroner FIN Finland

SP$ Singapore Dollar Fra France

SFr Swiss Franc Ger Gernamy Rs Rupees HON Hong Kong

NKr Norwegian Kroner ITL Italy

Mar Malaysian Ringitt Ind India Ilr Italian Lira JAP Japan HO$ Hong Kong Dollar Kor Republic Korea

FIM Finland FIM Mal Malaysia FFr French Franc NOR Nroway Eu Euro Currency NRL Netherlands

Dkr Danish Korner NZL New Zealand Dfl Netherlands POL Poland Dug Dutch Guilder Rus Russia

DM Deusch Mark SA South Africa CA$ Canadian Dollar SGP Singapore Bfr Belgian Francs SWZ Switzerland

Ash Austrian Schilling. Spn Spain

AU$ Australian Dollar Swe Sweden UAE United Arab Emirates

Certification Type UK United kingdom

BIS Bureau of Indian Standards USA United States of America BS British Standards Ukr Ukraine

DIN DIN ISI Indian Standards Institute Price Type

ISO International Standard Organization.

A Inflation Adjusted Price

JSS Joint Services Specifications C Central Procurement Price NAT NATO Specifications D LP (Direct/Local) Price XXX Miscellaneous E POEP (Estimated)

K Book Price (Kitaab) Q Budgetary Quote Price

Page 16: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 8 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

CONTENTS

Chapter Description

General Remarks of TNC

Chapter 1 General

Chapter 2 Technical Specifications

Chapter 3 System Requirements

Chapter 4 Material

Chapter 5 Engine Mounting and Base Frame

Chapter 6 Engine Controls

Chapter 7 Tools/Spares/ Deliverable List

Chapter 8 Documentation/ Technical Services/ Training

Chapter 9 QA/ Inspection/ Testing

Page 17: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 9 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

General Remarks of TNC

If conflict arises between any points of the below mentioned TNC remarks along with Minutes of TNC meeting and any clause of the SOTR, the former will take precedence. General

A) All SOTR requirements will be complied with except otherwise stated in this TNC minutes.

B) The TNC of Main Engine was conducted based on the SOTRs/Technical offers and following points were agreed to:

1) The complete instrumentation will be as per compliance matrix. 2) All interfaces to be provided to the IPMS vendor was discussed.

Additionally it was confirmed that engine sensors would also be provided by Firm.

3) The master QAPs for the ME aggregate was handed over by IHQ MoD rep. 4) IETM class III will be provided for the main engines, along with hard copies

as specified in the Build Spec for the documents. 5) All Instrumentations / Sensors etc as applicable are to be calibrated by Firm

prior STW, BT and CST. 6) Inspection is to be carried out by Class and Indian Navy. 7) ABS Class Notation of +AIE, +AMS NIBS SOF will be complied with. 8) Necessary QAP meeting class requirement are to be prepared by and are

to be approved by Class & Indian Navy. Inspection is to be carried out concurrently by class and IN rep as per approved QAP. Necessary input for preparation of GRAQ by GRSE will be supplied by MTU.

9) Firm Rep confirmed to render 25 years support after the commissioning of each vessel.

10) On Board training at shipyard’s premises for ships crew/WOT personnel shall be rendered by MTU during commissioning of the system / equipment by OEM rep free of cost. The training at OEM premises will be conducted till level III for 01 batch of 08 IN personnel per ship for 05 days each for main engines.

11) Factory acceptance trials would be attended by IHQ MoD (N) reps at OEM premises. Schedule for the same is required to be intimated to IHQ MoD (N) at least 06 weeks in advance.

12) OBS shall be as per SOTR requirement and is attached to this minutes. 13) The firms for Main engines confirmed that the material used for the

equipment would b able to mt all marine applications.

Page 18: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 10 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

C) Additional points were discussed during TNC of Main Engine are as under:

1) IPMS The system is to be interfaced with IPMS. MTU is to provide necessary provision for remote interfacing. Data format for signal interfacing with IPMS will be decided mutually with IPMS Vendors. The list of signals to be interfaced with IPMS as per SOTR will be complied with. Firm’s compliance / noncompliance (due to non availability of provision on Main Engine) is as per compliance matrix. Hardwired interfaces for the signals required to be interfaced with IPMS shall be provided by MTU after finalization of vendor for IPMS.

2) The engine is to be provided with side exhaust and necessary N/R Flap is to be supplied by MTU. Exhaust Y – Piece is to be supplied by GRSE. N/R Flap to be pneumatically operated with manual override fitted with two numbers limit switches for engine start interlock and remote alarm / indication through IPMS. Low Air pressure alarm for this pneumatic line is to be provided in MCR. Necessary Pr Switch will be provided by MTU. The Pneumatic Pr is 3 – 10 bar.

3) Engine shall be IMO Tier 2 compliant. A certificate to comply to the same has been handed over to IHQ MoD (N) rep during TNC.

4) MD Lub Oil priming pump shall be supplied complete with starter panel. 5) The following calculations are to be supplied by MTU:

i) TV Calculation of propulsion system. ii) Engine Alignment Procedure.

Necessary data for carrying out TV Calculations will be furnished to MTU by Gear Box & Stern Gear Manufacturers.

6) MTU rep confirmed that coolant inhibitor GLYSACORR 93/94 is indigenously

available. 7) Motor, Starter, LOP will be supplied with cable entry glands / plugs. 8) The Binding Drawings will be supplied and necessary penalty will be imposed

due to non – submission of Binding Drawing & QAP. 9) Inspection is to be carried out by Class and Indian Navy. Necessary QAP

meeting class requirement are to be prepared by Firm and to be approved by Class. Inspection is to be carried out concurrently by Class and IN rep as per approved QAP. Necessary input for preparation of GRAQ will be supplied by MTU.

10) As per MTU Protocol only Class certificate will be given with FAT report duly signed by ABS. No certificate duly signed by ABS for intermediate stage inspections shall be furnished.

11) Flex. Coupling will be supplied complete with fasteners between ME & Coupling and between Coupling & Gear Box. All Fasteners are to be finished machined. All bolts are loose bolts and not fitted bolts.

12) Exhaust Y-Piece will be supplied by GRSE. The silencer is to be of radial entry and axial outlet type.

Page 19: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 11 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

13) Capacity of Engine Driven SW pump should be sufficient to cater for the requirement of Gear Box Oil Cooler.

14) Provision in SW circuit is to be made to supply Emergency SW from Fire Main.

15) For Engine Installation jack bolts for ME are to be supplied by MTU. 16) MTU stated that no Post trial strip is required on board after trial. 17) Compensating cable is not required for MTU system as confirmed by Firm. 18) Motor, Starter, LOP will be supplied with cable entry glands / plug. 19) Pump is to be tested along with its dedicated motor. The starter will be tested

at manufacturer’s premises separately. 20) Engine shall be IMO Tier 2 compliant. 21) Plant software for the diesel engine plant on CD will be provided by OEM. 22) Firm’s Rep confirmed that coolant inhibitor GLYSACORR 93/94 is

indigenously available. 23) Electrical power supply requirement for the propulsion system will be as

follows: i. 415 V, 3 Ph, 50 Hz for motor. ii. 230 V, single Ph, 50 Hz. iii. 24 V DC + 30 % to – 20%, ripple content less than 5% for propulsion control. 24) Combustion Air and cooling Air required for each engine are as follows: a. Combustion Air – 2.6 m3/Sec per engine. b. Cooling Air – 4.8 m3/sec per engine. 25) Complete ME is to be supplied duly preserved for 24 Months by OEM. Any

subsequent preservation / de preservation shall be carried out by GRSE as per the preservation procedure to be supplied by Firm. Any special / imported preservatives / de preservatives are to be supplied by Firm for 4 re preservations.

26) Following Binding drawings / Documents are to be supplied by Firm within 45 days of PO and failing which 2 % penalty will be imposed on Firm:

(a) GA of Main Engine with Foot Prints and A/V mounts showing overall and major dimensions, maintenance / removal space, binding weights with +5% tolerance, CG in two vierws.

(b) All interface details with Main Engine. (c) Electrical Circuit and component level diagram. (d) GA Drg of all Electrical panels showing foot print and detail of A/V Mounts. (e) All Schematic System Diagrams. (f) Alignment Procedure. (g) Installation Procedures. (h) QAP. 27) The documentations for 08 Ships are to be supplied as per SOTR. 28) Plant software for the diesel Engine Plant on CD will be provided by OEM.

Page 20: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 12 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

CHAPTER-1 - GENERAL Introduction 1.1 These Technical specifications relate to the design, manufacturing, testing, supply, installation, alignment, setting to work and commissioning of one ship set of Main diesel engine complete with associated accessories and fitted on suitable resilient mounts. The purpose of this document is to:-

a) Define the technical characteristics of the main diesel engine and its

auxiliaries. b) Define the complete scope of supply from OEM.

1.2 The main diesel engine and the auxiliaries described in this technical specification are intended for Main Engines requirement for propulsion duty on Landing Craft Utility Vessel of Indian Navy, to be built by shipyard Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers Ltd.

1.3 Each main diesel engine (non reversible) resiliently mounted on the ship structure will be coupled to a reverse reduction Gear Box (not included in OEM scope of supply) through a flywheel, a flexible coupling. Each gear box will be connected on an independent shaft line with a fixed pitch propeller (no included in OEM scope of supply). 1.4 The specification of the main diesel engine shall conform to Class rules. Engines shall meet the latest IMO and MARPOL requirements. The main diesel engine shall be supplied complete with all accessories, alarms/shutdown/instrumentations. 1.5 The Ship shall have Integrated Machinery Control System (IMCS) fully integrated to the IPMS for monitoring and common fault indication, start/stop, operation, alarms, emergencies, data logging, trending and recording running hours. Scope 1.6 This specification relates to the design, manufacture, supply, commissioning, test and trials of Two non-reversible counter rotating marine diesel engines (per ship) which shall be fitted one on each shaft of following power/capacity. It shall propel the ship at speed of not less than 15 Knots with out exceeding 85% MCR and with environmental condition specified. Engine capacity: ICFN 1840KW (approx.) at 1000-2000 RPM. The engine shall be of Tier-2 Compliant. The OEM will be responsible for following on a turnkey basis:

(a) Main Diesel engine with engine driven pumps, lube oil/ FW cooler, expansion tank, silencers, bellows, exhaust manifold, exhaust cooling system etc. and associated piping;

Page 21: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 13 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

(b) Instrumentation and Control system;

(d) Local control panel;

(e) Base plate and mounting arrangements along with necessary coupling for connecting the diesel engine with main reduction gear on turnkey basis;

(f) Necessary interface (hardware/signals) and any other features required in Main Diesel engine and associated system components for controls/monitoring from Ship's IPMS /IMCS. Refer TNC minutes also.

1.7 The main engine design should ensure high reliability, economy of oil / fuel consumption, economy of weight / space, high mean time between overhauls, ease of maintenance and meet the latest Diesel engine emission standards. 1.8 The contractor will also be responsible for supply, assistance for erection, installation & commissioning onboard and testing of such equipment including training, documents and any such information required by the Indian Navy/ GRSE in following stages:

(a) Design and Supply: The firm will be responsible in totality, on turn-key basis for undertaking detailed design, manufacture, test and supply of Main Diesel engine and the configuration selected to meet the noise and vibration requirement, including associated auxiliaries systems, uptake, intake, as per this SOTR. (b) Installation: The firm shall assist Shipyard during installation of Main engine and its associated systems. Each installed equipment shall be provided with all ancillary equipment, pipe fittings, flexible connections, instrumentation, protection devices, expansion tanks and control system as per specification of the respective OEM suitably integrated for operator and maintainer comfort aw well as to ensure its satisfactory performance (c) Integration: The firm will ensure that Main Diesel engine and systems are compatible for integration with other ship systems / structures and Integrated Machinery Control/ Platform Management System of the ship. Refer TNC Minutes also. (d) Setting to Work and Trials: The firm will have the responsibility for setting to work and satisfactory completion of HATs/FMT/SATs for acceptance of Main Diesel Engine by IN. Shipyard will provide the necessary assistance. Refer TNC Minutes also. (e) Training and Logistic Support: The firm will impart training for operators and maintainers and ensure logistics support for 20 years. In case the equipment is likely to become obsolete, the manufacturer shall be committed to give three years notice to Indian Navy to assess the requirement of life time buy of spares. The makers shall also ensure supply of these items prior to discontinuation of the production of such equipment going to be obsolete. The firm will draw out a plan

Page 22: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 14 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

for training and logistic support and forward for approval of Naval Headquarters. All upgrades and modifications carried out on the equipment during life cycle must be intimated

(f) Routine Operation Routine operation and maintenance of the equipment during the period between commissioning of the equipment and commissioning of the ship is not under Firm’s scope.

(g) Deviations The offer should contain a comparative statement of the requirements vis-à-vis specification of the respective items offered. In case the items offered are NOT fully conforming to the details given in the Specification, the deviations are to be specifically spelt out. NO deviation shall be granted after placement of order.

Fuel/ Oil Requirements

1.9 LSHFHSD TO IS 1460/1995 will be used as F.O. (OEM to confirm) 1.10 Lub Oil. – SAE 40. Refer TNC Minutes also. 1.11 Potable water at salinity max 100 PPM for cooling water system for engine. FW inhibitor to be used. Firm to indicate the same Manning Policy. 1.12 The machinery spaces shall be arranged for continuous operation. The spaces will be attended for starting and shutdown procedures, and for routine checks. The machinery should be able to be started, monitored & stopped from the following locations:

(a) Local (b) Remotely from MCR (c) Auto controls and monitoring from IMCS of IPMS

1.13 Only the Local Control Panels are to be included in the Main Diesel Engine scope of supply. All the remote panels belong to IPMS.

1.14 Noise, Vibration & Zoning. Selection of Main Diesel Engine will be carefully considered with a view to minimizing airborne noise, structure borne noise and vibration, thereby improving habitability. 1.15 Noise Damping. Sound Insulation will be provided as per normal shipbuilding practice to ensure that noise levels are minimized. Noise level shall be 110 db in Machinery spaces. The reduction of airborne and underwater noise and structural vibration caused by machinery will be regarded as an essential part of the installation. As far as possible, the noise and vibration shall be reduced at source. Vibration

Page 23: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 15 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Mounting Systems, flexible pipes (ABS Approved Type) etc will be used for reduction of noise and vibration. Every reasonable and practical effort shall be made to minimize noise through sub assembly and component design. All parts of the equipment and accessories are to be designed to ensure resistance to fracture distortion or misalignment due to forces of vibration. The OEM will indicate grouping details of the AV mounts along with dynamic stiffness, deflection and attenuation values across the mounts . All AV mounts values are to be guaranteed and measured during FATS. All AV mounts reports alongwith serial numbers and its location is to be provided. Change of AV mounts during installation is to be subsequently proved with measurement. The noise and vibration characteristics of associated auxiliaries, as applicable, should also be indicated. Calculations to support selection of vibration mountings are to be included. The guiding habitability criteria shall be as per relevant Class Society Rules for Naval Ships. Refer TNC Minutes also.

1.16 Vibration/ EHM Recording Fixed positions for mounting an accelerometer for use when measuring noise and vibration during production is to be provided preferably by spot facing. Where it is required to monitor bearing health by means of bearing noise measurements, the bearing housing is to be arranged to accept the probe of a shock pulse meter. Further online health monitoring features by way of vibration monitoring and recording for individual machinery will be provided. The online health monitoring, measuring, recording, and analyzing of vibration and health of equipment is to be provided by using suitable sensors provided by IPMS vendor. For 04 engines SBN & ABN trial will be carried out. Vibration trials would be carried out for all engines of 08 ships. 1.17 Torsional vibration calculation. Torsional & axial vibration calculation for Main Diesel Engine and complete propulsion system is to be carried out by OEM for first ship and to be approved by Class. TV calculations indicating basic data, duly approved by CLASS are to be submitted to IHQ (DSP) and GRSE. The manufacturer should confirm that concerned Main Diesel Engine are torsionally safe for specified operation. The Gear Box vendor and Stern Gear Supplier will provide the data required for the same.

1.18 The engine manufacturer should confirm that the natural frequencies of Torsional, and axial of the complete propulsion system are not within or near the operating speed range of the engine. A torsional vibration damper is to be fitted at free end of the crankshaft. Preservation & De-preservation 1.19 Main Diesel Engine with accessories will be given treatment for preservation valid for maximum 24 months from date of conclusion of shop test. This preservation shall be valid for storing the equipment in dry store / well ventilated store and as well as on board the ship during installation. Subsequent preservation at GRSE shall be carried out by OEM if necessary. The equipment manufacturer’s rep shall carry out de-preservation before STW.

Page 24: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 16 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

1.20 The method of preservation takes care of the maintenance envelope physically available on board and the maintenance routine does not affect other equipment. Adequate provision shall be made during design of the Main Diesel Engine for carrying out routine preservation and inspection. Required preservatives (with proven valid shelf life) will be supplied for carrying out re-preservation work at GRSE by OEM when necessary. The supply of above preservatives will be within the purview of this contract. Refer TNC Minutes also. 1.21 Packing of the preserved Main Diesel Engine will follow standard method of packing i.e. normally as per the method followed for Marine Diesel supplied in the past to GRSE. Packing shall be durable and suitable for normal storage up to 24 months. 1.22 The service of OEM rep to be rendered for carrying out above re-preservation duly supplying the preservatives will not be accounted in the services to be provided by OEM service engineer. The same shall be rendered by OEM as required by GRSE within the purview of the contract. Preservation/ de-preservation procedure will be as per MTU instructions A001061. 1.23 The machinery manufacturer/ supplier is responsible until the delivery of the equipment for the cleanliness and preservation of all machinery till the equipment are delivered at GRSE/ Commissioned. 1.24 The shipyard and his sub-contractor are to initiate and conduct cleaning and cleanliness inspection procedure, which are to be rigidly observed at all stages post delivery of equipment till final commissioning 1.25 After Shop tests, all items and machinery are to be cleaned dried or packed for dispatch in seaworthy packing (as applicable) in such a way as to prevent damage during transit and deterioration during the period which will lapse before installation. In General, all equipment are to be supplied duly preserved for a period of 24 months from the date of dispatch. Complete preservation till commissioning of Main Diesel Engine duly supplying the consumables are to be carried out by OEM. All necessary assistance for covering out said preservation will be provided by GRSE. 1.26 If storage is to be extended after 24 months, a new procedure must be carried out. The procedure for De-preservation/Re-preservation of equipments being supplied is to be forwarded to GRSE indicating the consumables required for doing such work. 1.27 The equipment are to be De-preserved/ Re-preserved till commissioning by the suppliers representative. All necessary preservatives/de-preservatives and supervisor services required are to be arranged/rendered by the supplier. 1.28 Packing/ Despatch

i) Tools are to be supplied in lockable Wooden Tool Box(es) for necessary on board storage.

Page 25: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 17 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

ii) All on board spares are to be supplied separately. The spares are not to be grouped along with the main Equipment (required for installation on board the ship). The spares are to be supplied duly preserved, identified and packed (PIP) as per BS 1133 or equivalent for safe storing on board the ship under tropical and seaworthy conditions. iii) Shipping/ Despatch documents should contain/ abide the following :

Each item with Part No./Drg.No./Description etc. is to be indicated in the

above documentation.

Items to be used in a particular system or for a particular equipment but dismantled and supplied loose are to be grouped together.

Weight of items are to be indicated in above mentioned documentation.

Maxm. Block weight of any individual crate must be indicated by OEM in the offer.

Classification/ Survey 1.29 The vessel shall be designed and built to comply with all the applicable provisions and requirements of the following rules and regulations:

(a) Class Notation Rules of American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) for with class notation:

+A1E +AMS ACC NIBS SOF

(b) MARPOL & SOLAS regulation (latest amendments as on date of LOI / Contract).

(c) International Tonnage Measurement Rules.

(d) IMO regulations for Prevention of Collision at Sea.

Environmental Condition 1.30 The Main Diesel Engine and its accessories along with control equipment should the specified duly under the following ambient conditions:-

a) Ambient temperature : 40°C (max.) b) Machinery space temperature : 50°C (max.) c) Water temperature range : 25°C to 35°C d) Max. relative humidity : 90% at 32°C e) Salinity of water : 35000 PPM

Page 26: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 18 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

1.31 List of Roll, Trim & Pitching The equipment and the accessories including all integral and associated service system should be capable of continuous operation when the ship is in the following conditions:-

a) Heel : 20 degrees either side b) Roll : 20 degrees either side (with permanent list to 20 deg on either

side) c) Trim : 5 degrees each side d) Pitch : 6 degrees (from mean water line) e) Period of pitch: 06 seconds

1.32 In order to withstand these conditions, each engine is fitted with a special deep sump. General Information 1.33 Each machinery/equipment is to be fitted with metallic plate in suitable position recording the following in English language and metric system.

Maker’s Name : Serial Number, Model & Type of the equipment : Year of Manufacturing : Ratings : Capacity/Head : Motor HP/KW, Voltage rating and RPM : Other details as appropriate (The items must be identified with relevant certificates).

Maintenance

1.34 Special consideration is to be given to maintenance on the basis replaceable possible in site or by replacement of sub-assembly. Installation must be such as to facilitate the dismantling in site or removal from the ship with minimum inconvenience. Also the manufacturer/ supplier must indicate, on the installation drawing, the removal space for particular component of the equipment so that maintenance, examination and replacement can be undertaken by disturbing the minimum number of adjacent machinery and pipes/ fittings. The onboard Maintenance Envelope (maintenance & removal spaces) of various components will be shown by OEM in the installation drawings. Suitable arrangements such as chain block, portable power pulley block, lifting eye plates will be provided in machinery compartments for shifting of machinery. Shipping and unshipping requirements must be clearly defined in the system drawings. 1.35 Availability The time required to bring the equipment to full operational use is not to exceed 5 mins, 15 mins, and 1 hour from daily, weekly and monthly preventive maintenance.

Page 27: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 19 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

1.36 Reliability Reliability shall be achieved by designing equipment, which is robust and simple. The equipment is to be designed for minimum maintenance and for ease of such essential maintenance as is required, incorporating facilities to allow ease of visual inspection so that the internal components are not disturbed. 1.37 Following to be provided along with the offer (refer TNC minutes)

a) TBO of Main Diesel engine shall be indicated by OEM. b) OEM shall intimate the following data to DME/DSP/GRSE for reference

along with offer.

i) MTBD (Mean Time Between Defects):4000 Hours ii) MTBO (Mean Time Between Overhaul): 27,000 Hours iii) MTTR (Mean Time To Repair) Starter: 4 Hours Turbocharger: 22 Hours Injector: 7 Hours Air Filter: 0.5 Hours LO Filter: 0.5 Hours FO Filter: 0.5 Hours iv) Mean Time between non-repairable sea failures: 20,000 Hours v) Planned life: 54,000 hours

c) The maintenance manual will include the following:

i) Tolerance and wear Down measurement document ii) Assembly / de-assembly sequence

1.38 Maintenance/Repair Policy/ ILS Requirement: The planned maintenance should be for a minimum of 12 months between refit, each refit of approximately 02 months duration. All maintenance and repair between major overhauls should be carried out in situ. The design therefore is to provide accessibility to all working parts. The manufacturer shall define along with a maintenance schedule the planned maintenance intervals and procedure for the equipment. The firm is to mention clearly the maintenance schedule & agree to undertake training of Ships Staff.

(a) All auxiliaries, pumps and their associated equipment are to be designed for repair by replacement. (b) All facilities to be provided for repairing the Main Diesel engine on board ship/ repair by replacement. (c) Size and weight of major assembly /sub-assembly which are required to be replaced are to be shown to facilitate providing for lifting eyebolts, lugs etc., and for access hatches and portable plates. (d) Maintenance envelope is to be clearly mentioned for each assembly & for the complete unit as a whole.

Page 28: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 20 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

(e) Assembly: The equipment is to be of modular design to facilitate easy dismantling, shipping, unshipping. The firm is to indicate the dimension & weight of the largest component. (f) The OEM is totally responsible for correct performance of the Main Diesel engine on board the ship. Firm is to undertake performance guarantee of the Main Diesel engine (g) Interchangeability - Interchange tolerance shall be such that all item parts having dimensions and characteristics permitted by the item specifications may be used as replacements without departure from the specified equipment performance and shall be interchangeable between different units. (h) Lifting Arrangement : All components weighting more than 40 kg are to be provided with eyebolts, Where there is a danger of transit damage due to freedom of a dry rotor to move within its casing, a suitable jacking or rotor locking device is to be provided.

Safety of Operation 1.39 In order to ensure safety of operating and maintenance personnel following provisions are to be made :

a) Moving parts of machinery such as flywheels, belt drives etc. are to be enclosed. b) Hand operating gears are to be suitably interlocked or arranged to disengage when there is possibility of unexpected power of operation. c) Initial loads on spring assemblies, if any, are to be fully released before the spring is freed for dismantling. d) Open ended pipe(s)/ connection from relief valve(s) to be clear of operating personnel.

Units and Language 1.40 Every effort is to be made to use metric units for the machineries piping instrument, model and system drawings. 1.41 Language – English. Weights 1.42 In order to achieve maximum economy in weights, careful attention should be given to every part of the machinery and system with a view to limiting its weight without prejudicing its reliability and efficiency. The manufacturer/supplier of the equipment will indicate net weight on the packing case(s) and test report(s)/ Third Party/ DQA(WP)/GRSE QA/ Naval Inspecting Authorities reports, which would be recorded. The inspection authorities should countersign all such weight certificates

Page 29: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 21 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Opening up of Machinery 1.43 All spares and assistance, if required, for opening of machinery will be have to be rendered, in case of any failure/ damage during trials/ as required by IHQ Standards of Drawings 1.44 The drawing sizes, folding procedure and title block should conform to IS-696 of 1972/ISO 5457. Start/Stop Procedure For Equipment 1.45 One set of metallic plate for each equipment duly engraving procedure of Start/Stop and pre-start requirement to be supplied by equipment manufacturer/supplier for necessary display on board the ship. Size of the plate will not exceed 300mm X 300 mm. Tally and Diagram Plates 146 All major components, switches, valves, cocks, gauges, indications etc. are to provided with identification tallies located on them wherever feasible. Tally plates shall be in English language and in SI unit. All tallies and diagram plates shall be anodized aluminium alloy. Caution tally should be in bold black letter on a fluorescent orange background. A diagram plate indicating details of connection is to be provided/ affixed near the terminal box of the motor. Size of the tally plate, diagram plate and their letters shall be conformed to specification NES -723 Sea Worthiness 1.47 The equipment shall be able to perform all intended role/operation up to sea state 3 and shall be able to transit at all headings up to sea state 6. 1.48 Applicable Standards The following documentation or the latest issue in effect is to form a part of this specification to the extent specified herein, except where a specific issue is indicated. In case of conflict between the contents of this document and the applicable portions of the referenced documents, the contents of this documents shall take precedence

Standards for Main Diesel Engine

(a) NES 313 Diesel Engines for Marine Propulsion. (b) NES 360 Valves. (c) NES 723 Tally/diagram plates. (d) DME Specs 401 Marine Diesel Engines. (e) DME Specs 405 (Rev-1) Instrumentation specifications.

(h) DME Specs 424 Specifications for Electrical Indicators…

Page 30: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 22 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Reference List 1.49 A reference list of shipboard installation in other Navies for the same/ similar type of equipment is to be indicated Submergence 1.50 The Main Engine & associated systems should be capable of operation for a period not less than 8 hours when submerged to the level of lowest part of the underside of the engine crankshaft main bearings. Guarantee 1.51 Refer Commercial Terms.

CHAPTER 2- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1 Main Propulsion System The ship will be propelled by twin-screw arrangement. Each shaft shall be fitted with a diesel engine, a Reverse Reduction gear box with In- Built Clutch driving its respective shafting with FP Propellers. The gear boxes shall be connected through flexible couplings to the main engines. The optimum

(i) DME Specs 452 Documentation specifications.

Page 31: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 23 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

direction of rotation of propellers is Outward Over The Top when the vessel is proceeding ahead (Port propeller anticlockwise, stbd propeller clockwise when viewed from propeller side looking forward). 2.2 Main Diesel engine Four-stroke, turbo charge, intercooled, direct injection, pneumatic started, developing Max. Continuous Rating power of 1840KW (approx.) at 1000-2000 RPM. Two non-reversible counter rotating marine diesel engines (per ship) shall be fitted one on each shaft of following power/capacity shall propel the ship at speed of not less than 15 Kn with out exceeding 85% MCR and with environmental condition specified. Engine capacity: ICFN 1840KW (approx.) at 1000-2000 RPM. Engines shall meet the latest IMO and MARPOL requirements. The complete Main Diesel Engine are to be supplied with A/V mountings for installation to ship’s foundation. As a emergency measure, engine should be capable to be started manually. The Main Diesel Engine is to be suitable for Marine use and to be continuously operational up to Sea State 6.Total 08 ship sets are required

Main Characteristic 2.3 The main characteristics of the diesel engine is tabulated below:

SL No. Item Description

a) Manufacturer MTU b) License Manufactured in Germany c) Type HSD d) Cycle 4 stroke e) Supercharging Single stage sequential system with two

turbochargers & intercooler. f) Number of cylinders 16 g) Arrangement of

cylinders Vee

h) Direction of rotation counter clockwise (when viewed from flywheel end)

i) Cylinder bore 170 mm j) Piston stroke 210 mm k) Displacement 4.77 litres l) Volumetric system 76.3 litres m) Combustion system Direct injection n) Injection type Solid, multi-hole injection o)

Overall Dimensions/ Weight (Not exceeding) 2.4 Not exceeding overall dimension (in mm) is as follows (a) Length- 3150 (b) Width - 1575 (c) Height- 2100 (d) Maxm Flange to Flange distance of Flexible Coupling to be 270 mm.

Page 32: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 24 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

(e) Not Exceeding Weight Dry engine, with fitted auxiliaries, coupling – 9.75T Engine Fittings and Accessories.

2.5 Each engine will be complete with its all necessary accessories & ancillary equipments including Flexible coupling, Manual driven barring gear, pipe, fittings, instrumentation, protection devices, A/V Mounts and control system as recommended by engine manufacturer as per Classification Rules. Special Tools shall be provided as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Starting Air Receivers will be provided by GRSE.

2.6 Each engine shall be capable of being started and stopped from remote/ local position i.e. MCR through IPMS/Engine room.

2.7 The Engines shall be provided with side Exhaust. Requisite air filters and silencers will be provided in each system. Water jet cooling system, if required, along with flap valves, limit switch and its controls/ interlock is within OEM scope of work. Engine’s exhaust gas outlet and air intake ports shall be provided on driving end of engine. Shipside Exhaust Flap (1 per engine) will be supplied by MTU in case required. Silencer is to be Taylor made to suit engine room layout and sizes to be restricted as follows: Dia 800mm, Length: 1.5 M, as per GRSE requirement. However MTU will revert back during submission of binding drawings regarding minimum length with 15db attenuation

2.8 Engines will have low specific fuel consumption, high TBO, and exhaust emissions conforming to latest IMO and MARPOL rules regarding NOx, SOx, PPM and other emissions including all regulations. Engines to be Tier -2 Compliant

2.9 The engine controls and alarms will be as per OEMs recommendations and in accordance with the Class Requirements.

2.10 In order to ensure independent availability of propulsion system including during power outage, the main-engine driven Sea Water Pump shall supply cooling water requirements of the entire propulsion train. It will be ensured that the sea water suction valve of the pump is kept below the water line under all conditions of heel and trim.

2.11 Battery backup for governor of main engines shall be provided for 30 minutes duration Trickle charging facility for battery should also be available. The charging circuit is to be designed accordingly.

2.12 All tools required for onboard maintenance up to TOH routines should be supplied along with the ship in lockable tool box.

2.13 All cooling water heat exchangers external to the engine should be of Cu-Ni tubes suitable for operation in a marine environment. Heat exchangers will be provided in accordance to NES 329. Zinc Protectors will be provided in end covers. Only external cooling water piping will be in Shipyard’s scope. Rest will be under Firm’s scope.

Page 33: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 25 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

2.14 Engine driven LO, FO, SW & FW pump will be at the free drive end of the engine. 2.15 02 sets of diesel engine auxiliaries required for the operation of the diesel engines, and local control system suitable for RCS type remote control system on board vessel.

2.16 Control of clutch system provided on Gearbox: Will be complied with for electro hydraulic clutch in/out & reversing. Refer TNC Minutes also Performance of Engines (refer TNC minutes) 2.17 The engine to meet following performance conditions under the extreme tropical condition as defined in Chapter 1 Maximum/ Overload/ Unrestricted Operation Condition

a) Maximum Power - 1840 Kw b) Engine Speed - 1800 rpm c) Unrestricted operation of the engine at 100% MCR – Supporting documents

to be supplied along with technical offer d) Over load condition (for Gear Box) - The maximum power is available one hour

every six hours. Minimum Continuous Output Condition

e) Minimum continuous output without time limitation - no restriction f) Minimum continuous output limited at 4 8 hours - no restriction g) Corresponding engine speed at Minimum continuous output- Min speed 500

RPM h) Ship Operating profile -

i) Estimated exploitation - 2600 hrs/year ii) Speed 0-08 Knots - 20% time iii) Speed 08-13 Knots - 70% time iv) Speed above 13 Knots - 10% time v) Not withstanding above, engine should be capable for

unrestricted service at 100 % MCR

Idling Speed i) Engine declutched, idling speed - 500 RPM j) Engine clutched (*) - 500 RPM (*) to be confirmed after torsional calculation.

Turbocharger Operating Range 2.18 The engines are fitted with two highly efficient turbochargers, only one of which is used for operations up to (1050 kw/1500 rpm) approx 57 % of load and the other Shaft Trailing. Beyond 57 % load 02 turbochargers will be used automatically

Page 34: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 26 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Fuel Specification and Consumption 2.19 In service, after running-in period the fuel oil (Spec of fuel oil IS-1460/ 1995, LSHFHSD) consumption at MCR will be :

Sl No. Description Details

a) Output 1800 Kw b) Engine Speed 1800 rpm c) Fuel oil consumption 189 g/KWh d) Tolerance +5% tolerance

2.20 This figure must be understood within the following conditions:

a) Climatic conditions according to external tropical condition b) Engine driven pumps c) Fuel with a net heat value – 42800 KJ/Kg d) Depression at turbocharger inlet – 30 mbar. e) Back pressure at turbocharger outlet - 85 mbar.

Lube Oil Specification and Consumption 2.21 OEM to confirm following:

a) Lube oil type OMD 113; SAE 30 b) Wet sump capacity (max). 250 litres c) Average consumption per hour (appx.) 1.5 lit/hr (1840 KW /1800

RPM)

2.22 At part load the lube oil consumption will be approximately proportional to the engine RPM. In order to withstand roll, trim and pitch condition, each engine is to be fitted with a special deep sump. 2.23 Lube oil trade mark to be chosen among those approved by OEM for use on this type of engine. 2.24 Lube oil continuous treatment by a Centrifuge Purifier is not required as the engine is running On Diesel oil - OEM to confirm

2.25 The lube oil changes have to take place according to the results of the analysis performed . The same to be indicated by OEM. Lub oil test is to be carried out in laboratory (not spot testing). Exhaust gas Emissions

2.26 The exhaust emissions of the engine will be as per Marpol Regulation.

Page 35: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 27 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

CHAPTER 3 - SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

Technical Data 3.1 The data given below concern an engine operating at the Maximum Continuous Rating, under ambient conditions. Combustion Air Supply

Page 36: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 28 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

3.2 The combustion air supplied to the engine turbocharger inlet must be free of dust and moisture. The air filter is under OEM scope of supply. The level of air filtration shall be suitable for Diesel Engine combustion air intake. Following details provided by the OEM (refer TNC minutes)

a) Dust Content Moisture Content : dust content: 0.05 mg/m3 /moisture content:

35 g /m3 b) Cooling of turbo charger/ inter cooler :By Engine coolant c) Charge air heat dissipation : 405 KW d) Combustion air flow : 2.7 m3/s e) Maximum back drop at turbocharger inlet : 30 mbar (max) f) Heat dissipation due to convection/ radiation: 54 KW

Starting Air System 3.3 Air or battery/ Electric starting system to be provided. For air starting, 30 kg/cm2 air receivers with pressure reducing valve, meeting Classification Requirement, will have to be supplied by Shipyard. The diesel engine must be capable of being started from a "dead" ship condition (i.e. total power failure condition). The starting and stopping of the diesel engine should be possible by the single push of a button. The start /stop buttons are to be of a suitable colour to suit the function. The capacity of each receiver is to be decided by OEM. The total capacity of the receiver allows twelve starting of each engine to be effected without intermediate filling. Following details provided by the OEM (refer TNC minutes)

a) Starting air pressure,9 Bar max / 8 Bar min b) Capacity of the 30 bar air receiver( GRSE scope) for 12 consecutive starting

of one engine: 570 Litres ( for 8 starts as per class 380 litres) Lubricating Oil System 3.4 Engine lub oil system should comprise of the engine driven pump with safety valve for forced lubrication, full flow duplex filter with changeover, cock, oil cooler, thermostat, priming pump, Lub Oil cooler oil filler neck and dipstick, crankcase ventilation with connection for turbocharger and oil metering pump for valve seat lubrication (if required), integral piping/fittings etc. A provision for drawing the oil for the purpose of analysis should be available. During the engine operation, the oil must be constantly centrifuged in a closed loop system. Forced type lubrication is a mandatory requirement. The frequency of oil change, sump capacity, minimum level of oil permitted and the oil consumption at all ratings of the engine is to be indicated in the offer. Suitable means of checking the oil level and topping up of the oil are to be provided. 3.5 Crankcases, sumps and lubricating oil arrangements are to be effectively sealed against ingress of water when flooded to the level of the underside of the output shaft.

Page 37: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 29 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

3.6 The engine driven lub oil pump must be directly coupled & must be of gear type or screw type (i.e. positive displacement pump). Each positive displacement pump is to be provided with a spring loaded by relief valve, fitted on the discharge side and arranged to discharge to the engine sump/pump suction. A suitable arrangement for draining the lubricating oil sump is to be provided. 3.7 A hand pump is to be provided in the system for filling in, pressure testing & for starting the engine in case of “total power failure”-as in dead ship condition. A suitable lubricating oil priming arrangement is to be provided. During starting/stopping, the priming pump must start automatically to provide lubrication to bearings, supercharger & other parts. LO Priming pump and Starter/ control panel with necessary interlocks and interface with Main diesel systems and IMCS also to be included in the scope of supply, if recommended by the firm. Complete details of the system are to be indicated. Refer TNC Minutes 3.8 Following details provided by OEM (Refer TNC minutes)

a) heat dissipation by engine coolant with oil heat : 1025 KW b) Lube oil pump flow : 13.5 litres c) Lube oil pressure at engine inlet : 5.3 Bar d) Lube oil temperature at engine inlet :990C e) The frequency of oil change: 500 Hours f) Sump capacity : 250 litres g) Minimum level of oil permitted: 211 litres h) Oil consumption at all ratings of the engine min 0.3-max 1% fuel

consumption Cooling System 3.9 Engine cooling system should comprise of the engine driven sea water/ fresh water pump with heat exchanger, thermostat and SDNR valve. The cooling system details are as follows:-

(a) Fresh water system Means to be provided for automatic controlling the fresh water outlet temperature at a pre-set value. Fresh water system is to be of closed loop type with engine driven self-priming pumps, as recommended by firm. Safety alarm & trip be included for high Fresh water temperatures. The fresh water filling pipeline must be provided with the expansion tank. A kit for testing salinity and pH value must be included in the offer. Chemicals used and their consumption rate for the same must be mentioned clearly. Fresh Water pump must be engine driven and should be easy to remove. It should be directly coupled to the engine. The fresh water is to be treated with an approved corrosion inhibitor. Details of the inhibitor proposed are to be indicated in the offer. Following details provided by OEM (refer TNC minutes)

i) Jacket water heat dissipation : Refer 3.8 (a) ii) Fresh water pump flow: 121 m3/h

Page 38: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 30 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

iii) Fresh water pressure at engine inlet : 4.2 Bar iv) Fresh water temperature at engine inlet: 860C

(b) Sea water system Seawater cooling system uses the engine driven seawater pump with capacity to supply sea water for cooling the Lube Oil, Fresh Water and Charge air . In the event of a failure of the engine driven seawater pump, a provision is to be made to run the engine by accepting an emergency supply of seawater from the ships cooling/ fire main system for engine cooling SW Pump Capacity is to be Sufficient to cater for the Requirement of Sea Water for Gear Box Lub. Oil Cooler. Following details provided by OEM (refer TNC minutes)

i) Sea water pump flow : 140m3/h ii) Sea water pressure: inlet 0.2 min/differential 3.2 Bar.

3.10 Fuel System : Engine fuel system should comprise of the engine driven fuel delivery pump, manual fuel priming pump, fuel per filter with water separator, fuel duplex filter with diverter valve and fuel Inj. Pump. A separate RU tank for main diesel engine will be provided by shipyard. RU tank will be located in the same compartment as the parent machinery and will be interconnected in the same compartment and meant for same type of equipment. 3.11 Fuel supply to main diesel engine shall be from RUFO Tank via quick closing remote controlled valves. Remote operation shall be from outside machinery space. Following details provided by OEM (refer TNC minutes)

a) Fuel booster pump flow : max flow rate 27.6 lit/min b) Fuel pressure at engine inlet : -0.1 bar (limit value)

3.12 Exhaust System The Engines shall be provided with side Exhaust with non return flap, water cooling injection system along with limit switch to prevent starting of the engine when the flap is closed. This will be interfaced with IPMS/IMCS. Exhaust system is to be designed to withstand the exhaust gas temperature corresponding with full-specified performance without any adverse affect on life. Provision for measurement of back pressure through manometer is to be provided. Shop testing of individual exhaust pipes segment shall be carried out at 20 psi (1.5 Kg/sq cm) and report to be furnished. The OEM will supply exhaust silencer with spark arrestor, Expansion bellows at turbocharger outlet and exhaust silencer (complete with mating flanges and fasteners), Water injection system for exhaust cooling along with flap valves, limit switches, Y piece for exhaust system along with bellows (depending upon design) etc. NB of Exhaust pipe will be intimated by OEM along with binding information. Refer clause 2.7 of PTS and TNC minutes also. Following details provided by OEM (refer TNC minutes)

a) Exhaust gas flow : 5.9 m3/S

Page 39: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 31 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

b) Exhaust gas temp. at turbocharger outlet : 4000C c) Maximum back pressure at turbocharger outlet : 85 mbar d) Heat dissipation due to convection/ radiation: 54 KW

Control Air System: Not applicable for Firm’s Electrical Control System 3.13 The control air must be free of dust and moisture. Control air receivers and pressure reducers, drier, filter, moisture separator, air ejectors, three way valves, etc is under OEM scope of supply. Shutdown Equipment 3.14 Shutdown is done stopping the electric supply to electronically controlled fuel injection. Engine Turning Arrangements 3.15 The main diesel engine should be provided with a suitable manual barring arrangement. The arrangement should also facilitate engine turning by one person by hand. Complete details of the engine turning arrangement being provided are to be indicated in the proposal. Interlock is to be provided with starting system. The interlock switch is activated when the barring tool is fitted o the engine Turning tool is to be provided. One No per ship. Flexible coupling. 3.16 Main diesel engine shall be responsible for supply of engine power transmission coupling, flange coupling housing, engineering and torsional vibration analysis of Diesel engine – coupling – Main Gear Box . The Supplier shall also be responsible to analyse every detail of the Main Diesel engine and incorporate corrections to avoid acoustic/local resonance that could lead to electronic component failure. Flexible connection 3.17 All engine external connections are to be provided with flexible pipes/ bellows/ hoses with matching mating flange/ adaptor complete with fasteners

CHAPTER 4- MATERIALS

4.1 A component wise material specification of materials used for the construction of diesel engines, heat exchangers, pumps, piping systems, etc. are to be indicated in the proposal. Materials / Components approved for use onboard Naval ships are only to be used. Any deviation from the material specified is to be indicated with reasons

Page 40: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 32 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

subject to condition that the material is fit for marine application. The engine is ABS approved Type and suitable for marine application.

4.2 Heat Exchangers.: Not applicable. Refer TNC minutes

All cooling water heat exchangers external to the engine will preferably be CuNi/ Plate type (Titanium) suitable for operation in marine environment. Zinc protectors will be provided in end covers as applicable. Heat exchangers will be provided in accordance to NES 329. Materials for shell and tube type heat exchangers are to be as follows:-

(a) Shells - Steel (galv)/ as recommended by firm (refer NES 329)

(b) Boxes, headers and end covers - Cu Ni / as recommended by firm

(c) Tube Plates - 70/30 Cu Ni or Al Bronze / as recommended by firm

(d) Baffles and Diaphragm plates - As for shells / as recommended by firm

(e) Tubes -70/30 Cu Ni/ as recommended by firm

(f) Ferrules - 70/30 Cu Ni / as recommended by firm

(g) Stay rod cap nuts - HT Al Bronze / as recommended by firm

(k) Stay tubes - As for tubes/ as recommended by firm

(l) Adequate number of Zinc protectors & inspection plugs are to be provided at both the sea water inlet and the sea water outlet for checking coolant/cooler.

Piping/ fitting/ valve material (GRSE Scope) 4.3 Piping/fitting/ valve material to be as follows:-

SL no. System Pipe Fitting fasteners valves

a) Fuel system steel, ASTM A-106 Grade B

Steel MS (Black)/AL Br

GM to BS:1400 LG 4C

b) LO system Same as above Same as above

Same as above

Same as above

c) SW system 90/10 CuNi GM to BS:1400 LG 4C

Same as above

Same as above

d) FW system steel, ASTM A-106 Grade B (Galv.)

Steel (Galv.) Same as above

Same as above

e) Compressed air system

Seamless steel to DIN std

steel Same as above

Cast/ forged steel

CHAPTER 5 - ENGINE MOUNTING/ BASE FRAME 5.1 Base Frame : Not Required. Refer TNC Minutes Base frame for Engine including attaching hardwires, grounding connection and coupling guard etc to be provided

Page 41: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 33 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

5.2 Engine Mountings. : Refer Clause 5.1. Holding down bolts will not be supplied by MTU. This is acceptable to GRSE. Engine Mountings (Resilient) between Engine and Base Skid complete with fasteners (1 Set). All necessary bolts and nuts for fitment of entire mounts between engine and base frame are to be supplied. Mounting deflection data, grouping report with individual serial nos. to be provided to meet trial requirements. A/V Mounts are to be Chock Fasted on Engine Girder.

CHAPTER 6- ENGINE CONTROLS General 6.1 The ship will be provided with IPMS having open architecture that achieves seamless integration through common technology between Integrated Machinery Control System (IMCS) including Propulsion Control System, Battle

Page 42: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 34 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Damage Control System (BDCS), Auxiliary Machinery Control functions, and Automated Power Management System (APMS). The IMCS caters for Main Propulsion Plant including two shaft sets, main diesel engines, reverse reduction gearboxes, clutches, EOT, shafting ,stern seals, fixed pitch propellers (FPP), shaft line load bearing members like thrust blocks, plummer blocks, stern tubes. 6.2 Equipment and system for comprehensive online vibration and health monitoring, measuring, recording and analyzing of vibration and health of Main Engines, Gear Box, Shafting and its auxiliaries is to be provided by using suitable sensors. However Firm Stated provision for permanent accelerometer mounting is not possible on this engine for online vibration measurement. IPMS vendor will provide sensors. Necessary points for vibration measurement will be marked on the engine. This is acceptable to IN. A proven Equipment Health Monitoring (EHM) functionality with machinery data logging, short and long term trending (time based with variable intervals), plotting, recording running hours, vibration monitoring, etc. is to be provided for IPMS requirement. Refer TNC minutes. 6.3 The Shipyard shall act as propulsion system integrator. All required data for performance of the engine under various regimes of steady and transient state will have to be provided by the OEM. Sensor calibration data, steady and transient state response characteristics, are to be provided by OEM to IPMS vendor. These will be provided to the IPMS vendor who shall thereafter undertake a dynamic analysis for the propulsion system as a whole. This dynamic analysis shall predict the transient performance of the propulsion system under a wide range of conditions. The dynamic analysis including real-time simulation shall be performed using the same software environment as used for the developing the propulsion module as well as on-board team training system. The respective machinery vendors will provide local controllers and LCP. Compensating cables, special cables, if any, are to be provided by OEM. The IPMS vendor shall integrate these local controllers and LCP in the remote propulsion module to ensure proper remote control of machinery from the IPMS consoles. 6.4 The control and monitoring system should be capable of being interfaced with an Integrated Platform Management System (IPMS) in order to ensure the remote control of the Main diesel engine. Remote operation of Main diesel engine from MCR/IPMS shall be provided with all facilities to electronically control the Main diesel engine along with running indicators, indication stating the status of Main diesel engine. Master control position shall be in MCR through IPMS (with change over switch for transfer of control from MCR/IPMS to Local Panel and vice versa). All required sensor and its information for remote operation is to be provided by OEM to IPMS vendor to achieve seamless integration. The control and monitoring system of Main diesel engine should be capable of being interfaced with IPMS. The OEM shall therefore be required to interact with the IPMS supplier and provide all necessary information required for seamless integration. Complete list of I/O signals shall be finalized in consultation with IPMS supplier and requisite sensors/actuators shall be supplied by OEM. Main diesel engine supplier shall provide necessary hardware/signals and other required arrangements in their system for auto start/stop,

Page 43: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 35 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

remote control, monitoring etc from IMCS. The control interface requirements are as follows:

(a) All analog control signals – 4 - 20 m Amps (b) RTD signal shall be PT 100, three wire. (c) Potentiometer shall be excited by all external voltage sources (d) All binary indication signal shall be dry contact type.

(e) All binary contact inputs shall be compatible with switches and the signal from the control system.

(f) Serial link (signal) 6.5 Complete control system is to be interfaced with IPMS. OEM to supply interfacing panel, if applicable. Details to be elaborated by OEM Monitoring and Control of Main Diesel Engine 6.6 IPMS vendor scope (Remote Operation): MCR and bridge shall be provided with all facilities to electronically control the propulsion system through Control Lever along with running indicators, indication stating the status of propulsion machinery, engine and shaft RPM indicators. Master control position shall be in MCR (with change over switch for transfer of control from MCR to bridge and vice versa). Remote Propulsion control shall be provided both in MCR and bridge. Remote Propulsion Control System shall be part of IPMS. UPS for propulsion control shall be provided with battery back up. Control shall have following facilities:

(a) Clutch in / Out through Gear Box (b) Speed Control of Propulsion Engine (c) For the purpose of remote control system, necessary remote consoles

shall be provided in MCR & Bridge. (d) The controls shall also include remote monitoring and remote emergency

stop at MCR. (e) A combined machinery control room is provided and is located on Dk No.

1. The MCR will be air-conditioned. (f) One BDCS console shall also be provided in DCHQ compartment on Dk.

No. 1 (g) Reversing of Gear Box

(h) Telegraphs The telegraph system shall be as per Remote Propulsion Control System

6.7. From the LCP panel, an operator shall be able to make the following functions:

(a) Local start and stop (b) Local speed increase/decrease (c) Emergency stop (d) Main Diesel engine functional parameters monitoring (e) Common audio visual alarm display

Page 44: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 36 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

(f) Safeties override: Only contact is available in LCP for activation from remote station.

(g) Local/Remote switch (h) *Shaft rpm indicator (i) Main engine rpm indicator (j) *Clutch in/out provision (k) *Gear box reversing (l) Interlock indication (m) Common audio/ visual Trip indication (n) Ready to start indication

* - will be supplied by individual equipment OEM and firm is to keep provision/ cut out on LCP for mounting these instrumentation by engine OEM duly wired.

6.8 Main Diesel engine shall be capable of controlling at the equipment level from specified remote control station. The Main Diesel engine shall incorporate the necessary sensors for trend monitoring. Hand operated ‘Emergency Trip Gear’ for shutting down the Main Diesel engine is to be provided at the local and remote control positions. Suitable guards are to be provided for the `STOP' and `EMERGENCY STOP' buttons to prevent inadvertent stopping/tripping of the Main Diesel engine. They must be appropriately marked & positioned in a noticeable area on the panels. 6.9 Engine Starting. The engine shall have the facility for starting and stopping from both Local (Engine Room) as well as remote position (MCR) through IPMS. Instrumentation/ Alarm/ Trips. (refer TNC minutes) 6.10 Shall be provided for Main Engines, as per OEMs recommendations. All Instrumentation will be easily accessible for reading, maintenance and replacement. Instruments used for operation and monitoring of the main propulsion machinery will be mounted near to equipment for the convenience of the operator. Thermometers/ temperature gauges will be located to assure ease of temperature observation to obviate accidental breakage. Pressure gauges will be installed as required for the safe operation and control of systems, machinery and equipment shall facilitate easy readability from a distance. All gauges will be grouped on common boards/ panels based on machinery being monitored or parameters being indicated. All alarm & indications stated in 6.11 to 6.13 are to be available in LOP & will be interfaced with IPMS. 6.11 Complete instrumentation will be provided for local and remote monitoring under all conditions of operation of the Main Diesel Engine as per the under mentioned indicative list (this list will be modified depending on OEM recommendations / to meet Class requirement). All gauges will be electrical or electronic type taking a feed from pressure, temperature, level or flow sensors. Analog gauges for critical parameters like lub oil temperature, fresh water temperature and fuel pressure will be provided. The below listed signals represent the interface between the Main Diesel engine LCP and the IPMS. Main Diesel engine supplier shall

Page 45: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 37 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

interact and co-ordinate with IPMS supplier and shall provide necessary I/O signal as required by IPMS supplier.

a) General (For each shaft line)

i) Safety stop ii) Alarm test iii) Acknowledgement iv) Horn off push button v) Engine telegraph : Not in MTU Scope vi) Selector switch MCR/Wheel house: Local Operation Only vii) Control lever : Not in MTU Scope viii) Lamp test push button ix) Power supply failure – 24 V DC x) Control transfer possible xi) Safety system power supply failure xii) Emergency control of engine speed using push button.

b) Main Engine Display. (Sensors to be supplied by Main Engine Maker,

Indicators to be supplied by IPMS makers).

(i) Cylinder Exhaust temperature: Individual exhaust temperature (ii) TCA gas inlet temperature: Exhaust temperature A Bank (iii) TCB gas inlet temperature: Exhaust temperature B Bank (iv) TCA gas outlet temperature: Not available (v) TCB gas outlet temperature: Not available (vi) Compensation probe line A: Not available (vii) Compensation probe line B: Not available (viii) TC inlet lubricating oil temperature: Not available (ix) TCA outlet lubricating oil temperature: Not available (x) TCB outlet lubricating oil temperature: Not available (xi) ME inlet lubricating oil pressure: Pressure Lub Oil (xii) ME inlet fresh water pressure: Pressure coolant Pressure (xiii) ME inlet sea water pressure: After SW Pump (xiv) ME inlet fuel oil pressure: After Fuel Filter (xv) Starting air pressure. (xvi) Main engine speed (xvii) ME fuel rack: Fuel injection quantity (xviii) TCA speed: Exhaust Turbocharger 1 speed (xix) TCB speed: Exhaust Turbocharger 2 speed (xx) ME supercharging air pressure: Pressure Charge Air (xxi) ME bearings temperatures Not available (xxii) ME inlet lubricating oil temperature: Lub oil (xxiii) ME outlet fresh water temperature: Coolant (xxiv) LCP control air pressure: Not Available

c) Main Engine Information

Page 46: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 38 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

i) Gas valve open: Exhaust turbocharger 2 cut in (ii) Gas valve close Not Available (iii) Air valve open Not Available (iv) Air valve close Not Available (v) Bypass valve open Exhaust turbocharger 2 cut in (vi) Bypass valve close Not Available (vii) Ready to start: LOP ready for operation (viii) Starting in progress Not Available (ix) Lube oil priming in progress: LO priming pump running (x) ME clutched: Clutch ahead/ Clutch astern (xi) ME started: Engine running

d) Main Engine Alarms. (Sensors to be supplied by Engine OEM/ Audio

visual details to be indicated against each)

(i) ME clogging fuel oil; FO Pressure (ii) ME clogging lube oil: LO Pressure (iii) ME injection pipe leakage high level fuel oil line A: HI Fuel Leakage (iv) ME injection pipe leakage high level fuel oil line B: Not available (v) Low level in FW expansion tank: LO – Coolant level (vi) Low level daily tank fuel oil: Not available (vii) Low level in fresh water expansion tank. Not available (viii) ME outlet fresh water low temperature Not available (ix) Local control failure -Alarm: ECU Defect (x) Starting fault: Alarm Starting Failure (xi) Slow turning fault: Not available (xii) STC sequence failure Not available (xiii) Governor major fault-Alarm: ECU Defect (xiv) Governor minor fault-Alarm: ECU Defect (xv) Pre-lubricating fault: Priming pump fail (xvi) Clutch-De-clutch fault : Engage error –disengage error (xvii) Over speed low air pressure (xviii) General Safety stop: Safety stop –low gear pressure (xix) Safety stop overridden: Override activated (xx) Safety stop failure: Not available. (xxi) ME over speed: (xxii) ME emergency stop (xxiii) Digital controller Watch dog or major fault: Not available (xxiv) ME low lubricating oil pressure: LO lub oil Pressure (xxv) ME very low LO pressure: LOLO lub oil pressure (xxvi) ME high bearing temperature: Not available (xxvii) ME very high bearing temperature: Not available (xxviii) Reduction gear safety stop: Low gear pressure (xxix) Clutch safety stop Not available (xxx) STC manual mode Not available (xxxi) Reset safety stop possible: Alarm acknowledge

Page 47: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 39 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

(xxxii) ME fresh water high temperature: Alarm coolant high temperature (xxxiii) ME fresh water very high temperature

e) Main Engine Trip (to be

i) Low Engine LO Pressure available ii) Low Gear Box LO pressure available iii) High FW temperature available iv) High LO temperature: Shut down as per class requirement v) Engine over speed: available

f) Engine “Ready to Start” indication Engine “ready to start”

indication must come on completion of following

i) 24 V DC supply is available ii) The engine software will check for start interlock and alarms iii) Ready lamp on LCP will light up if above is clear.

6.12 All above instrumentations shall be remotely provided for interfacing via serial interface will be available. However for critical shutdown sensors provision of separate hardwired connections shall be made. Refer TNC minutes also.

6.13 (i) Interlocks. The starting arrangements are to be such as to permit local and/or remote starting of the engine by one operator. Starting arrangement from IPMS/ IMCS and its interface shall also be considered and included in the scope of supply. The following signals have to be considered in the control logics to prevent the engine being started under the following conditions (to be finalized during TNC as per OEM recommendation)

(a) When shaft turning gear is engaged (b) Remotely when the engine is under local control. (c) When LO priming pump is not running. (d) If any safety device has operated, it has to be reset first before restart. (e) Low fresh water level in expansion tank. (f) Fuel control handle locked (if provided) (g) Low LO level in sump (h) Exhaust flap closed (i) Safety stop reset not done (j) Gear Box Clutched

6.13 (ii) Firm stated that the offered LOP does not cater for following start interlock signal

(a) Shaft brake engaged (b) Shaft lock engaged (c) Shaft turning is gear engaged

Page 48: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 40 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Hence one combined signal (potential free contact) indicating interlock for shaft shall be provided by shipyard. This is acceptable to IN. Refer TNC minutes. 6.14 On Engine Wiring Wiring of all on-engine sensors, including terminal box with connecting cables, compensating cables and transmitter block for oil pressure measurement tec. and its connection in Terminal Box and transmitter block is to be done by OEM.

6.15 Starting System and Over speed Protection To be provided as per manufacturer recommendation. Electric Power Supply 6.16 The available power supply onboard is as follows: - 415 V AC – 50 Hz – 3Phase - 230 V AC – 50 Hz – 1 Phases - 24 V DC 6.17 Instrumentations shall be operable on 24 V D.C. 6.18 All gauges / Sensors are to be supplied duly calibrated and said calibration certificates are to be forwarded to GRSE. The sensors/ gauges are to be re-calibrated post de-preservation and prior starting of the engine. Calibration certificate to this effect will have to be issued to meet trial requirement. Calibration at site is not required. 6.19 All gauges, Indicators, Sensors (both Local & Remote) are to be DQA (WP) approved type and shall meet requirement laid down in DME – 424, 405, 415. 6.20 All Electric sensors/ actuators of the engines are to be wired up to the terminal box/ junction box on the engines to facilitate external connections by shipyard 6.21 Equipment delivered loose per vessel – Refer Encl. 2 6.22 Following special cables will be supplied per engine: Not required. Refer TNC minutes

Cable type Qty

Speed sensing cable 40 Meters

Pyrometric cable 160 Meters Bearing temp. gauge cable 80 Meters

CHAPTER 7- TOOLS/ SPARES/ DELIVERABLE LIST

7.1 Installation and commissioning spares 01 set/ Ship . The list of commissioning spares must include the following, apart from OEM recommended spares (Encl 7)

Page 49: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 41 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

a) Lub oil / Fuel oil / Air filter elements b) Corrosion Inhibitor Coolant c) Sensors (1 type for per Ship) d) Gauges (1 type for per Ship)

7.2 OBS - Firm to furnish list along with offer( Encl. 3). On Board Spares and tools are to be supplied, duly preserved & identified and packed (PIP) as per BS 1133 or equivalent for Safe Storing on board the Ship under tropical and seaworthy condition. All spares shall be enclosed in water proof sheet & PIP packing in wooden box. All on-board spares are to be supplied duly inspected and certified by the Inspecting agency of main equipment. All spares consumed within the guarantee period to rectify known defects shall be replaced free of cost. The cost of OBS is to be restricted to 2% of equipment cost. In case of increase in cost, the same must be brought out during TNC to finalise the OBS list . The list should comprise of following

(a) OEM’s recommended OBS to cater for one year requirement of MTBF spares post completion of guarantee period of one year, as per maintenance schedule

(i) for Main engine – (approx 2600 hours of running on each engine (ii) For engine accessories – separately, if not covered above (iii) For turbo charger – separately, if not covered above (b) Supply of classification spares (recommended by classification society as

part of class requirement) for unrestricted service (c) Consumables required for undertaking on-board routines for two years

exploitation duly vetted by IHQ MoD(N) reps. (d) To carryout post sea trials strip (max 02 cyl. Per engine)

7.3 B&D Spares - 01 set of B&D spares will be required for complete project (Encl. 5). Offer of B&D Spares shall be supplied along with the offer with itemized price & part no with a validity of 180 days . Offers for B&D Spares to be supplied in ILMS (integrated Logistic Management System) format. B&D spares will be as per OEM’s recommendation. B&D spares will ranged and scaled by IHQ. B&D spares to be provided in ILMS format for 05 years exploitation. One copy of PIL is to be supplied along with the quotation. The list is to be provided in magnetic media and in ILMS format 7.4 Onboard and Base & Depot Tools and Special Tools (per ship) - OEM to give list along with the offer (Encl. 4 & 6). All tools required for onboard routine maintenance upto Top Overhaul (TOH) is required to be supplied. The tools are to be supplied in lockable tool box. The list of tools to be indicated as follows:-

a) One set of standard tools b) One set of tools for turbocharger c) One set of special tools to enable dismantling and assembling

operations on the engines

Page 50: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 42 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

5.5 List of Deliverables Vendor is to furnish final list of deliverables along with offer ( Encl. 2) . List of deliverables as finalized during TNC will be included in purchase technical specification. Any deviation in deliverables during actual supply of materials unless resulting from change in drawings made by the approval authority would result in penalty of amount to be decided by GRSE.

CHAPTER 8- DOCUMENTATION/ TECHNICAL SERVICES/ TRAINING 8.1 Drawing/ Documentation: Following Quantum of Documentations is to be supplied for complete project comprising of 08 Ships Sets.

i) ‘As Made’ Drawings : 05 Sets on Paper Prints and 02 Sets on CD for Yd.2092 -99

Page 51: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 43 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

ii) Manuals:- Operation/ Maintenance and Overhaul Manual/ Hand book/ Characteristics Curve/ Systems handbook

: 02 set on Paper Prints and 02 Sets on CD for Yd.2092- 99

iii) CPL / PIL : To be incorporated in Manual . If provided separately, quantum same as manual

iv) GRAQ (On-board Test/ Trial Format)

: 03 Sets on Paper Prints and 02 Sets on CD for Yd.2092-99. (GRSE Scope, however necessary input & format for preparation of the same will be provided by Firm.)

v) Design Data book (if applicable)

: 4 Sets per ship. (Not applicable)

vi) vii) viii)

Shop Test Report & Inspection Certificates Factory Acceptance Trial (FAT)/ HATS/FMT/SATS Class Approval/ DAQ (WP) Certificate Note:- Test Certificates (including works test certificates) Duly certified by Class/ DGQA (WP)/Naval/Agencies,As applicable (In Bound Book From)

: : :

vi) 6 Sets on Paper Prints and 5 Sets on CD Per Ship vii) FATS -6 Sets on Paper Prints and 6 Sets on CD for Yd.2092- 99 viii) 6 Sets on Paper Prints and 5 Sets on CD Per Ship

ix) Equipment Service Log including Log Book (filled up during production test)

: 6 Sets Paper Print and 6 Sets on CD per ship.

Page 52: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 44 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

x) Installation Specification (Dimensional Drg., Schematics, Foot print maintenance space, installation procedure are to be furnished in installation specification)- in bound book form

: To be incorporated in manual if applicable.

xi) Calibration data : Calibration certificates with traceability for gauges / sensor are to be provided in six copies for each ship.

8.2 All manuals (operation & maintenance) and CPL/PIL are to be approved by IHQ/ (DSP). The content of above documents should therefore be approved by IHQ (DSP). Firm will submit Statutory Documents (Manuals, CPL/PIL etc and indicated in P.O) to ship owner / Production Directorate of IHQ / MoD (N) for approval under intimation to GRSE. OEM will ensure that all such documents prepared by the firm incorporate all comments / recommendations of customer (Ship Owner) and are of desired quality. All documents/ drawings in CD shall be available in IETM format. All documents, drawings, manuals which shall be supplied by OEM in CD should be available in IETM format (Level 3). All documents including repair technical documents are to be supplied in the latest version by OEM. Engineering Documentation, upto third (dockyard/ repair agency) level of maintenance, shall be prepared in accordance with DME Specs 452. Documentations shall be as per IETM format level thre. 8.3 To facilitate repairs / Top Overhaul / Major Overhauls etc. the OEM shall further provide the following technical documentation. The documentation must include details of all controls/ instrumentation/ sensors/ electrical wiring etc.: -

a) User Handbook/ Operators Manual

b) Design Specifications/ Engine construction Book – to include following: i) Test bench test report of the engine ii) Construction reports of the engine giving all important readings

recorded during the assembly of the engines: Will not be provided iii) Certificates from Classification Society for permanent records

c) OEM’s standard Tech Manuals (including accessories and turbocharger)

covering following: - i) General information and safety instructions ii) Operating instructions iii) Functional description iv) Preventive Maintenance v) Troubleshooting

Page 53: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 45 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

vi) Corrective Maintenance and/or alignment/ calibration/ adjusting vii) Procedures viii) Part lists ix) Alignment /installation procedure & instruction x) Preservation/ De-preservation/ Re-preservation procedures xi) Sub-Suppliers list – drawings & tables – Pictures xii) List of Rotable (Refurbish & reuse) spares xiii) List of Consumables with norms of consumption xiv) List of mandatory & non-mandatory spares for each system

d) Maintenance book for the Engine/ accessories/ auxiliaries which covers:

i) Maintenance schedule ii) Definitions and terminologies iii) Table of all tightening torques iv) Maintenance general rules v) Wts. Of important components and sub-assemblies vi) Extensive technical information on all equipments / sub-

assemblies on engine to enable smooth for maintenance. vii) Wear measurement sheets and wearing out limits for important

components e) Manufacturers Recommended List of Spares (MRLS): Refer OBS List ( ENCL. 3) f) Technical Manual on STE with drawing reference including engine operating instruction g) Inventory List: Not applicable h) Table of Tools & Equipment (TOTE) & Onboard spares: (Encl. 3 & 4) i) STW/ first commissioning guide j) Spare parts catalogue (main engine/accessories/auxiliaries) with illustration covering following

i) Exploded views / cross sectional view of each major sub-assembly of the engine

ii) Detailed part master lists with identification nos. and quantities. iii) Tools catalogue with illustrations giving necessary spare parts lists

of tools and pictorial views k) Control system documentation and drawings l) System drawings m) As built drawings

Page 54: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 46 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

8.4 Binding Data/ Drawings 04 sets of following binding document will be supplied to GRSE by OEM for preparation of detailed drawings as indicated below within 06 weeks on LOI. Only sl. (a) will be provided in Auto CAD while the others will be in pdf & tif format.

a) General Arrgt. Drawing indicating overall dimension/weight and location of CG with Binding Weight

b) System schematic of diagram of each circuit indicating all equipments/instrumentations and Sensors/accessories: i) F.W. Circuit ii) S.W. Circuit including Emergency Cooling from Fire Main. iii) L.O. Circuit iv) Compressed air circuit v) Fuel oil circuit vi) Exhaust System

c) Scheme for engine lifting d) Seating/ Foundation drawings showing A/V Mountings and

indicating material and sizes of Bolts/Nuts/Fasteners, chock , holding down details along with binding information etc.

e) Schematic engineering system drawings indicating all equipments/instrumentations and Sensors/accessories

f) Characteristics of engine for propeller matching includes power vs RPM vs SFC vs Fuel Rack

g) Drawings of important auxiliaries / items i) Expansion bellow ii) FW/ SW Heat Exchanger iii) L.O priming pump iv) Exhaust silencer v) Air filter vi) Starting air receiver vii) F.W. expansion tank viii) Temperature regulating valve ix) Thermostatic valve x) Duplex filter xi) Hand rotary pump xii) Any other drg. recommended by OEM

h) Arrangement and Details of Electrical Connections/Electrical Circuit Diagram/Electrical Panels and ship’s wiring diagram

i) Binding engine drawing from interface details. It should contain arrangement/Details/Sizes of all Interface connections of the equipment.

Page 55: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 47 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

j) TV calculation approved by CLASS by OEM k) Installation arrangement drawing for accessories supplied loose for erection separately. .Details of all loose items viz. hoses/sensors/drop in panel/LOP etc . l) Procedures- Installation procedure, flushing procedure, cleaning/ chemical procedure, preservation/ de-preservation procedure and alignment procedure/checks m) Limits of supply drg n) Note: (i) Binding equipment drawings should contain detail bill of material

with material specification, make, model / type, rating & quantity of each component and Tally details.

(ii) Change in Drawing number, if any, is to be intimated by OEM 8.5 GRSE will prepare necessary pipe layout drgs (on receipt of binding drgs.)/ production drawing after approval by class and will be forwarded to Firm for their comments, if any. Firm is to return the drgs. to shipyard duly incorporating their comments, if any, with in two weeks of receipt of the drgs. 8.6 The binding drawings should be complete in all respect. The binding drawings should include General arrangement with overall dimensions, foundation details, weight, AV mount details, mounting hole dimensions, location of CG of various items, clearly showing maintainability of items in the recommended maintenance space, Gland plate &cable entry details, piping arrangement (wherever applicable), maintenance space, Rating/Power supply requirement of individual units, circuit diagram (for Compressed Air, Fuel, Lub Oil, SW, FW, electrical etc) , recommended piping details, heat dissipation, cooling arrangement etc. Binding equipment drawing should also consist of

a) Schematic diagram/circuit diagram b) Detail bill of material with material specification, make, model / type, rating & quantity of each component. c) Tally details d) Weight with tolerance

8.7 Drawing Approval The OEM shall submit drawing of Items / Equipments to Class/ IHQ/DSP/GRSE (02 copy each) for approval. Class shall scrutinize drawing and forward their observations / recommendations to vendor. GRSE will approve the drawings only on installation angle basis. IHQ shall accord approval to the drawings within 4 weeks of receipt. On receipt of inputs from Class/ IHQ/DSP/GRSE, the vendor shall submit final approved drawing to GRSE, after incorporation / consolidation of all recommendations. Final approved drawings will be forwarded by OEM to GRSE (two copy), Class (two copy) and IHQ (two copy) for reference. GRSE shall prepare ship’s

Page 56: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 48 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

related production drawings based on OEM’s drawings after approval by IHQ/ GRSE/Class, as applicable. The Class shall ensure availability from supplier / other sources all technical documents / Specifications relevant to Manufacture, Inspection, Testing & Supply of ordered items. 8.8 Drawings of Main diesel engine coming under Classification Society requirement shall be approved by Classification Society. Drawings of other accessories/ fittings, not under purview of classification shall be forwarded to IHQ for comments. IHQ shall forward comments, if any, within 4 weeks. 8.9 Any changes in approved drawings (if recommended subsequently by IHQ/GRSE/QA/Class should be brought to the notice of GRSE immediately and concurrence/approval of revised drawings are to be obtained by the OEM from the approving authority as indicated in the SOR/P.O. 8.10 At a later date if it is found that changes from approved drawings have been made by the firm without intimating GRSE /equipment delivered not matching with the approved drawings which leads to re-work by GRSE, penalty will be imposed on the firm. The penalty shall be deducted up to 5% of the order value to be decided by GRSE. Refer TNC Minutes 8.11 As Made Drawings To be inspected by Class as per standard technical requirement for supply of equipment. List of As made drawings to be furnished by OEM Encl. 1. As made drawings will be endorsed by IN. Refer TNC minutes 8.12 FATS/HATS/FMT/SATS/GRAQ Approval The OEM will give the procedure and format for FATS/HATS/FMT/SATS. GRAQs will have to be prepared for onboard installation inspection and trials . These documents have to be approved by IHQ/ Class. OEM will send one copy of the FATS/HATS/FMT/SATS documents to GRSE/IHQ/class for comments. Post incorporation of the comments, final document is to be submitted by OEM to GRSE/ IHQ/class for approval. The document must include all alignment/ preservation/de-preservation procedure. Service of Service Engineer/ Technical Assistance 8.13 Technical Assistance/Service shall be rendered by the equipment manufacturer/ supplier for Re-assembly (if necessary); Re-preservation, Installation, Alignment, installation checking, set to work, trials, Post Trial Inspection and Final machinery Trial. Delegation of manufacturer’s/ supplier’s personnel shall be made available on the requirement projected by GRSE. The technical services will be provided by Firm without any additional commercial implications. OEM ‘s assistance include presence of skilled technicians for supervision during on board installation & commissioning of the equipment for 900 working days (one working day – 8 working of hrs). 8.14 The OEM have to depute service engineer including necessary manpower together with tools, instruments, etc., during basin and sea trials (HATS/CST/ FMT/ SATS) as required by GRSE / IHQ. During above trials, the supplier has to run the

Page 57: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 49 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Main diesel engine, record performance and rectify all defects on the spot. Any other sea trials due to Main diesel engine or system failure shall be attended free of cost by OEM Training 8.15 The ship’s crew shall be trained on the Main diesel engine and accessories installed on board. Shipyard shall arrange for such introductory training by OEM reps in India during STW/ Commissioning of equipment, as applicable. OEM to depute reps to conduct training either at GRSE. 8.16 Training will be required to be provided for IN personnel upto level IV at manufacturers premises (exact scope and duration of training will be discussed during TNC). However, this is only applicable if equipment is introduced for the first time in Indian Navy 8.17 The builder shall provide operator training, testing tuning and user maintenance training to the crew on board at the shipbuilder’s yard with OEMs assistance during system commissioning within the timeframe of commissioning requirement. OEM to depute reps to conduct training either at GRSE 8.18 Training aid comprising audio visual/ CBT package (on operation maintenance and repair activities) is to be provided for imported machinery and system

CHAPTER 9- QA/ INSPECTION/ TESTING

Quality Assurance Programme.

9.1 Inspection shall be carried out by CLASS & DQA (WP) as per QAP (prepared by OEM) to be approved by CLASS & DQA (WP). It was confirmed that relevant QAP will be submitted to DQA (WP) and CLASS by OEM and approved prior commencement of manufacturing. Details of test equipment, test methods, preliminary qualification tests,

Page 58: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 50 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

etc are to be indicated. Shop floor tests prior to dispatch by supplier should be conducted. The tests are to be conducted as per IN requirements. Amendments if any, to the Quality Inspection and control plan proposed will be agreed after discussions between Naval Headquarters/GRSE and the manufacturer prior to placement of order during TNC. Quality Improvement Programme

9.2 The OEM will indicate major defects as well as user complaints for the equipments fitted on similar class of ships and the corrective action taken against them. The supplier will also indicate the major improvements carried out in the latest version compared to the previous version Class Requirement 9.3 The Main diesel engine and systems are to meet class requirement. Complete guarantee for system performance of above items on board ship will remain with OEM Production shop test/ Inspection/GRAQ 9.4 An acceptance test as per schedule will be carried out at works of OEM. For this test, the engine will be coupled to a hydraulic dynamometer and operated on high speed diesel as per ISO: 1460-1974. The following inspection/tests are required to be carried out as part of FATS (to be finalized in consultation with IHQ/ Class):

(a) Safety test (b) Over-speed test (c) Performance characteristic test (d) Examination after performance test (e) Control equipment & governing test (f) Transient test (g) Final examination & gauging, as required after over speed test (h) Back pressure test (i) High ambient air temp test (j) Cold start test

9.5 The manufacturer is to formulate and submit a trial/test schedule for test bed as well as HATS/FMT/SATS in the offer. The format will be finalized after placement of order by Naval acceptance agencies/ Classification society. Refer TNC Minutes 9.6 The Production Test/ FATS includes the Preliminary Test followed by the Proving Run. During Proving Run, the equipment is to be run continuously for 24 hrs and all parameters recorded hourly. Capacity test and starting test on motor is to be carried out. Subsequently, the equipment is to be thoroughly examined. System tests are to be carried out in the presence of inspecting authority (IHQ/ Class). Since the engine is already type tested24 Hrs endurance test is not required. However shop

Page 59: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 51 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

testing is to be carried out as per ABS/IN requirement as mutually agreed prior shop test. Refer TNC minutes 9.7 Other requirements associated with Production test/ FATS are as follows:-

a) All equipment are to be tested as required by Classification Society (ABS)

and DQA (WP) as per SES 2 : Refer TNC minutes b) During production test, the machine are to be run as far as possible under

conditions representing the manner in which it would be used in service to the satisfaction of DQA (WP) & Class: Refer TNC minutes

c) The machine is to be tested at lowest possible load allowed by

dynamometer after clutch in d) During tests, extreme tropical ambient conditions(450 Air/ 320 Raw Water)

are to simulated: e) At each of the above loading, one set of engine parameters is to be

recorded f) Guaranteed specific fuel consumption at MCR on test bench under

extreme tropical condition will be indicated by OEM.: 201 g/KWh at MCR (+5 % tolerance)

g) The manufacturer is to provide all materials and service required for the

satisfactory conduct of the tests, including Fuel Oil/Lubricating Oil/Hyd Oil/Water/Coolant/ electrical power instruments and fittings as necessary.

h) The consumables used for the system/equipment under test are to

conform to the appropriate spefn. which should also be clearly indicated in test report.

i) During shop test readings of Fuel Racks with BHP and Fuel consumption

to be taken and a performance diagram to be made for each Main diesel engine. Refer TNC minutes

j) A Log is to be kept and is to cover all preliminary running and the period

of tests. It is to record, in details, any repair/alterations or adjustments carried out on the equipment and / or its accessories. The Log is to be supplied to GRSE (Ship Divn) along with test certificates.

k) Noise and vibration test as per ISO-3744 & ISO-2372 is to be carried out

for all main diesel engine during Shop Test and record of reading to be supplied. The detail of Noise & Vibration Test shall be included in QAP. Noise and vibration readings will be recorded at various load and also at 100% MCR. The location of sensors for above measurement shall be

Page 60: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 52 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

indicated in QAP. Noise & Vibration trials during FAT will be carried out for all engine as per TNC minutes

l) For items inspected by DQA (WP) & CLASS (ABS), the Certificates

should comply the documents required by CLASS (ABS) & DQA (WP). m) Each equipment / accessories etc. is to be provided with identification

mark(s) number(s) so that the same can be identified with the certificates issued.

n) All relevant test certificates to be supplied o) Inspection shall be carried out by CLASS & DQA (WP) as per QAP

(prepared by OEM) to be approved by CLASS & DQA (WP). It was confirmed that relevant QAP will be submitted to DQA (WP) and CLASS by OEM and approved prior commencement of manufacturing

p) The testing of main diesel engine will be carried out with the dedicated

Accessories, A/V Mounts and necessary certification to that effect will also be supplied. However necessary panels & sensors will be shop tested with simulation. FATS will be witnessed by IN reps and intimation pertaining to the same will be provided atleast 06 weeks in advance.

9.8 Onboard Inspection/ Trials. OEM to prepare onboard inspection document based on QAP/ operating procedure (referred as GRAQ- General requirement & Acceptance of Quality) which will have to be approved by IHQ. Manufacturer will be required to rectify/replace free of charge any defect or shortfall as observed in the equipment by the trial agency at the time of trials.

9.9 All the instruments / gauges will be calibrated at GRSE by OEM as followings (Calibration at site is not required): Refer TNC minutes.

a) Prior Main engine trails b) Prior Commissioning.

Type Test (if equipment is not Type Test Cleared): The offered Engine is already type approved. Refer TNC minutes. 9.10 The first of each type of equipment is to be type tested and each successive unit is to be production tested at the manufacturer’s works. In addition, extended endurance testing of prototype equipment is required to be carried out before approval for their use can be granted. If the equipment is already type tested, necessary certification to this effect must be produced. Repetition of Trials

Page 61: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 53 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

9.11 Not withstanding that the specified performance may have been achieved the GRSE/ IHQ may require any trial to be repeated after rectification in case any defect is detected & noticed during trial.

9.12 GRSE/ IHQ may refuse to accept the machinery of any part therefore if, during trials, it fails to meet the specified performance or requirements, or if defects are found. The terms “defects” is to be understood that include:-

a) Excessive noise or vibration. b) Instability of operation or under slowness of action of automatic controls

or safety devices c) Excessive bearing temperature.

General Instructions for Production Tests

9.13 The aim of the production test is to confirm to the performance characteristics of each equipment.

9.14 Firm is to prepare proposals for the programme and conduct of the production tests. These production test programme proposal are to be submitted for approval to Class. Approved copy of production test programme should be forwarded to GRSE/ IHQ and are to include the following information. Refer TNC minutes

a) Date of commencement and completion of the production test. b) Delivery date of equipment to shipyards. c) Place of test. d) Name and telephone number of person responsible for test e) Itemized list of test and duration of each. f) Specified duties. g) Estimates or performance. h) Details of holding down arrangements. i) Details of each itemized test including measurements to be taken and

recorded. j) A sketch of the test rig showing the points at which measurements are to

be taken. k) Details of measuring equipment and standard of accuracy. l) Methods of ensuring that fluids used conform to specifications are to,

together with details of oils and grease, which will be used. Examination on Completion of Test 9.15 After completion of the production test, each machinery units is to be opened up to the extent required by the GRSE/ IHQ and as per Class/ OEM recommendation. After examinations, the same is to be re-assembled and closed to meet customer satisfaction. Refer TNC minutes.

Page 62: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 54 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Results of Production Tests 9.16 Results of tests in tabular and graphical form (duly approved by Class) are to be provided to GRSE by Firm. Four copies of the test results are to be forwarded to GRSE, one for retention and three for ship record.

9.17 One copy of tests results is to be supplied to GRSE QA/ CDO each for acceptance during tests. Total requirement of number of copies is to be as detailed in Chapter 8 Note a) The guiding documents for all test FATS/HATS/SATS/ Installation would be prepared by Firm and approved by GRSE/ IHQ/ Class as applicable (b) Equipment shall be Tested with all dedicated accessories, A/V mounts, Control Panel, etc.

Encl. 3 (As per TNC minutes)

LIST OF ON-BOARD SPARES

(a) Maintenance Spares for MTU 16V4000M53 Engine (5200

Hours)

Page 63: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 55 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Item Material Description Quantity/ship Order quantity

000010 8591840001 PAPER PACK CENTRIFUGAL SPINNER FILTER 20.000 PC

000020 007603014102 COPPER SEALING RING 5.000 PC

000030 X59308300031 FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON 10.000 PC

000040 0031845301 OIL FILTER SPIN-ON 20.000 PC

000050 007603014102 COPPER SEALING RING 5.000 PC

000060 X00042421 FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON 10.000 PC

000070 XP59408300034 FILTER CARTRIDGE 10.000 PC 000080 XP59400600004 GASKET KIT 5.000 PC

000090 007603010110 WASHER A COP 4.000 PC

000100 700429160001 O-RING 4.000 PC

000110 0180943002 AIR FILTER 2.000 PC

000120 X59320200040 FILTER CARTRIDGE FOR COOLANT 1.000 PC

000130 700429024000 O-RING 16.000 PC

000140 EX59407500016/87 INJECTOR W/ACCEPT CERTIFICAT 16.000 PC

(b) Spares required for Turbocharger

Item Material Description quantity /Ship Order quantity

000010 5110850560 RING SEAL 1.000 PC

000020 X00016599 BEARING BUSHING 2.000 PC

000030 700429185001 O-RING 1.000 PC

000040 700429038002 O-RING 1.000 PC

000050 5119940041 RING SNAP 2.000 PC

000060 X59610100101 THRUST BEARING 1.000 PC

000070 700429105001 O-RING 1.000 PC

000080 5100850060 RING SEAL 2.000 PC

000090 0239978348 RING SEAL 1.000 PC

000100 234110200000 PISTON RING, COMP. 1.000 PC

(c) Onboard Spare(unrestricted) for 16V4000M53 Engine

Item Material Description quantity /Ship Order quantity

000010 0000530926 VALVE KEEPER WEDGE 8.000 PC

000020 0000534335 VALVE ROTATOR 4.000 PC

000030 0002035683/32 RUBBER BELLOWS 1.000 PC

000040 0002035583/32 BELLOWS RUBBER ABS CERTD 125 DN 210 BOLT 1.000 PC

000050 0090375019 TAPER FACE COMP RING 1.000 PC

000060 0120373618 OIL CONTROL RING 1.000 PC

000070 X00009806 RECTANGLR-SECT RING 1.000 PC

000080 5240110062 WASHER THRUST 8.000 PC

000090 5240530032 VALVE SEAT INSERT EXHAUST 1.000 PC

000100 5240110172 NUT 4.000 PC

000110 5240110570 STUD 4.000 PC

000120 X00027830 CYLINDER LINER SIZE 0 C23 1.000 PC

000130 5240160069 BOLT HEX CYL HD 1.000 PC

000140 X52404200042 GASKET FOR CYLINDER HEAD 1.000 PC

000150 X52404200008 VALVE GUIDE INLET AND EXHAUST 1.000 PC

Page 64: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 56 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

000160 5240332630 CRANKSHAFT BEARING AUX PTO END 1.000 PC

000170 5240332730 CRANKSHAFT BEARING DRIVING END (KS) 1.000 PC

000180 X58401100013/32 SAFETY VALVE ABS ACCEPTANCE 1.000 PC

000190 5240336101 CRANKSHAFT BEARING UPPER HALF 1.000 PC

000200 5240336602 CRANKSHAFT BEARING LOWER HALF 1.000 PC

000210 5240370120 PISTON PIN 1.000 PC

000220 5240380471 BOLT M20 1.50 X 103.0 LG 18 CONROD 2.000 PC

000230 5240384110 CONROD BEARING UPPER HALF 1.000 PC

000240 X00043218 CONROD BEARING SIZE 0-0 1.000 PC

000250 5240530120 VALVE SPRING OUTER 4.000 PC

000260 5240530122 VALVE SPRING INNER 4.000 PC

000270 5240530125 RETAINER VALVE SPRING 4.000 PC

000280 5240530805 EXHAUST VALVE 2.000 PC

000290 X00042197 INLET VALVE 2.000 PC

000300 X59407700023 HP FUEL LINE 1.000 PC

000310 5240980680 GASKET 2.000 PC

000320 735038040102 HOSE 1.000 PC

000330 735038040106 HOSE 1.000 PC

000340 X52404200005 SCREW 4.000 PC

000350 X59507700003 HP FUEL LINE 1.000 PC

000360 X59507700004 HP FUEL LINE 1.000 PC

000370 X59518500008 OIL RETURN LINE 1.000 PC

000380 5550110259 SEALING RING 2.000 PC

000390 X52404100027 VALVE SEAT INSERT INLET 4.000 PC

000400 X59420200238 RESTRICTOR 1.000 PC

000410 X00009917 GASKET 1.000 PC

000420 735038040102 HOSE 1.000 PC

000430 735038040106 HOSE 1.000 PC

000440 700368042004 SLEEVE RUBBER 1.000 PC

000450 X52899100040 SCREW W. INTERNAL HEX. 3.000 PC

000460 X00009934 O-RING 1.000 PC

000470 700429024000 O-RING 19.000 PC

000480 700429036003 O-RING 16.000 PC

000490 700429070002 O-RING 33.000 PC

000500 735038006102 HOSE 1.000 PC

000510 735038008103 HOSE 1.000 PC

000520 735038006103 HOSE 1.000 PC

000530 735038020104 HOSE 1.000 PC

000540 EX52603800010/42 CONROD ASM 1.000 PC

000550 EX59407500016/87 INJECTOR W/ACCEPT CERTIFICAT 16.000 PC

000560 EX59507300003/87 HP PUMP 1.000 PC

000570 EX52404100181 CYLINDER HEAD W/VALVES 1.000 PC

000580 EX59303700021 PISTON 1.000 PC

(d) Onboard Electronic Spares (Unrestricted) MTU

16V4000M53 Engine

Item Material Description quantity / Ship

Order quantity

Page 65: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 57 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Item Material Description quantity / Ship

Order quantity

000010 0005310039 LED RED 5.000 PC

000020 0005311339 LED GREEN 5.000 PC

000030 0005311439 LED YELLOW 5.000 PC

000040 0005319688 INCANDESCENT LAMP 10.000 PC

000050 0005356430 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000060 0005358133 SPEED SENSOR 1.000 PC

000070 0005357633 SPEED SENSOR 1.000 PC

000080 0035364610 TACHOMETER FOR ENGINE SPEED 1.000 PC

000090 0015317686 FUSE 5.000 PC

000100 0015318486 FUSE 10.000 PC

000110 0015319086 FUSE 10.000 PC

000120 0015319186 FUSE 10.000 PC

000130 0025310086 FUSE 10.000 PC

000140 0025310486 FUSE 10.000 PC

000150 X00E50207201 PRESSURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000160 0035352531 PRESSURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000170 X00018659 PRESSURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000180 X00E50207217 PRESSURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000190 X00E50208386 PRESSURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000200 5045300897/78 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000210 5045309892/78 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000220 5205304069 SPEED TRANSMITTER 1.000 PC

000230 5275303513 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000240 5285300683 MODULAR SYSTEM FOR MONITOR SYSTEM 1.000 PC

000250 5295308712 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000260 5295308812 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000270 5295309312/78 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000280 5295309512 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000290 5295306812/S0003 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000300 X00026303 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000310 X00E50203667 LEVEL MONITOR 1.000 PC

000320 X00E50203659 LEVEL MONITOR 1.000 PC

000330 X00E50201372 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1.000 PC

000340 X00E50206571/S0001 PLUG-IN BOARD 1.000 PC

000350 X00E50206574/76 PLUG-IN BOARD NOT ADJUSTED 1.000 PC

(e) Spares for Cylinder Inspection Removal-MTU

16V4000M53 Item Material Description quantity /Ship quantity

000010 5240160319 SEALING RING SIZE 0 2.000 PC

000020 X52404200042 GASKET FOR CYLINDER HEAD 2.000 PC

000030 700429253000 O-RING 2.000 PC

000040 5240980680 GASKET 2.000 PC

000050 700429024000 O-RING 2.000 PC

Page 66: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 58 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Encl. 4 (As per TNC minutes)

LIST OF ONBOARD STANDARD / SPECIAL TOOLS

(a) Onboard Electronic Tools

Item Material Description

Order quantity per Ship

Order quantity

000010

Part No 5355303586):

Tool Bag for Remote Control 1.000 Set

(b) General Tool Kit

Item Material Description

Order quantity per Ship

Order quantity

000010 8205891159/00GENERAL TOOL SET 1.000 PC

000020 5605892099/00 TEST KIT 1.000 PC

000030 5605892099/23 WT05 SOLUTION 1.000 PC

(c) Tools required to install turbocharger

Item Material Description

Order quantity per Ship

Order quantity

000010 5115890021/00 FEELER GAUGE 1.000 PC

000020 F0099977 PRESS. TEST RIG 1.000 PC

000030 B80146887 HAND PUMP KIT 1.000 PC

000040 F30370328 HYD. INSTALLATION TOOL 1.000 PC

000050 F30378717 ASSEMBLY PLIERS 1.000 PC

000060 F30379258 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

000070 F30379259 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

000080 F6558076 ASSEMBLY TEMPLATE 1.000 PC

000090 F6558092 GUARD CAP 1.000 PC

000100 F6782353 ASSEMBLY TOOL 1.000 PC

000110 F6782356 PULLER 1.000 PC

000120 F6784926 ASSEMBLY JIG F/TURBOCHARGER 1.000 PC

000130 F6789908 PROTECTIVE CAP F/TURBOCHARGER 1.000 PC

000140 T80091140 LIFTING JIG 1.000 PC

000150 T80090748 4-STRAND HOOK CHAIN 1.000 PC

000160 Y4274737 MEASURING JIG 1.000 PC

000170 Y20011268 DIAL INDICATOR 10MM 1.000 PC

Note: All tools are to be supplied in lockable tool box.

Page 67: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 59 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

Encl.5

(As per TNC minutes)

BASE AND DEPOT SPARES(05 YEARS MAINTENANCE SPARES)

Item Material Description Order quantity

Order quantity

000010 8591840001 PAPER PACK CENTRIFUGAL SPINNER FILTER 52.000 PC

000020 007603014102 COPPER SEALING RING 13.000 PC

000030 X59308300031 FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON 26.000 PC

000040 0031845301 OIL FILTER SPIN-ON 52.000 PC

000050 007603014102 COPPER SEALING RING 13.000 PC

000060 X00042421 FUEL FILTER SPIN-ON 26.000 PC

000070 XP59408300034 FILTER CARTRIDGE 26.000 PC

000080 XP59400600004 GASKET KIT 13.000 PC

000090 007603010110 WASHER A COP 12.000 PC

000100 700429160001 O-RING 12.000 PC

000110 0180943002 AIR FILTER 8.000 PC

000120 X59320200040 FILTER CARTRIDGE FOR COOLANT 4.000 PC

000130 700429024000 O-RING 32.000 PC

000140 EX59407500016/87 INJECTOR W/ACCEPT CERTIFICAT 32.000 PC

Encl.6 (As per TNC minutes)

BASE AND DEPOT TOOLS

(Ql1, Ql3, Ql4 & TOOLS TO DISASSEMBLE & ASSEMBLE ENGINE)

Item Material Description Order quantity

Order quantity

000010 0015384230 TORQUE WRENCH 1.000 PC

000020 5605892099/00 TEST KIT 1.000 PC

000030 5605892099/23 WT05 SOLUTION 1.000 PC

000040 8205891159/00 GENERAL TOOL SET 1.000 PC

000050 F30452561 TOOL KIT 1.000 PC

000060 F30452564 TOOL KIT 1.000 PC

000070 Y20045885 ENDOSCOPE 1.000 PC

000080 Y4347548 ADJUSTMENT TEMPLATE 1.000 PC

000090 000912016016 BOLT HEX SOC HD 6.000 PC

000100 3435890040/00 BRACKET 1.000 PC

000110 5115890021/00 FEELER GAUGE 1.000 PC

000120 8205890451/00 TURNING HANDLE 1.000 PC

000130 B80098529 HEX NUT 1.000 PC

000140 B80144872 PLUG 16.000 PC

000150 B80146622 HYDR: NUT 1.000 PC

Page 68: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 60 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

000160 B80146887 HAND PUMP KIT 1.000 PC

000170 B80146945 REDUCER 1.000 PC

000180 F0099977 PRESS. TEST RIG 1.000 PC

000190 F30002760 CIRCLIP PLIERS 1.000 PC

000200 F30028269 CHUCKING REAMER 1.000 PC

000210 F30047578 CHUCKING REAMER 1.000 PC

000220 F30091631 CHUCKING REAMER 1.000 PC

000230 F30271842 DRIFT 1.000 PC

000240 F30275611 MOUNT 1.000 PC

000250 F30370328 HYD. INSTALLATION TOOL 1.000 PC

000260 F30377634 SOCKET ADAPTER 1.000 PC

000270 F30377635 INSTALLATION MANDREL 1.000 PC

000280 F30377776 ASSEMBLY PLIERS 1.000 PC

000290 F30377862 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

000300 F30378152 PRESS-IN TOOL 1.000 PC

000310 F30378153 PRESS-IN TOOL 1.000 PC

000320 F30378316 INSTALLATION JIG 1.000 PC

000330 F30378324 SETTING MANDREL 2.000 PC

000340 F30378550 PRESS-IN TOOL 1.000 PC

000350 F30378617 INSTALLATION MANDREL 1.000 PC

000360 F30378717 ASSEMBLY PLIERS 1.000 PC

000370 F30378956 INSTAL./REMOVAL TOOL 1.000 PC

000380 F30379258 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

000390 F30379259 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

000400 F30379297 PUNCH 1.000 PC

000410 F30450240 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

000420 F30450348 DRIFT 1.000 PC

000430 F30450631 VALVE ST GRIND TOOL 1.000 PC

000440 F30450632 VALVE ST GRIND TOOL 1.000 PC

000450 F30450990 INSTALLATION TOOL 1.000 PC

000460 F30450991 REMOVAL TOOL 1.000 PC

000470 F30451080 VALVE ST.CTRSK TOOL 1.000 PC

000480 F30451554 DRILL/REAMING TOOL 1.000 PC

000490 F30515760 SOCKET WRENCH INSERT 1.000 PC

000500 F6345881 SEAT 1.000 PC

000510 F6345882 DRAW SPINDLE 1.000 PC

000520 F6378992 GUIDE PLATE 1.000 PC

000530 F6553658 ANGLE-OF-ROT. JIG 1.000 PC

000540 F6553672 FLANGE 1.000 PC

000550 F6554300 ASSEMBLY PLATE 1.000 PC

000560 F6557100 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

000570 F6557106 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

000580 F6558076 ASSEMBLY TEMPLATE 1.000 PC

000590 F6558092 GUARD CAP 1.000 PC

000600 F6780561 REMOVAL DEVICE 1.000 PC

000610 F6780562 REMOVAL DEVICE 1.000 PC

000620 F6780563 AUFLAGE 1.000 PC

000630 F6780565 AUFLAGE 1.000 PC

000640 F6781539 HYDR. PRESS.SPINDLE 1.000 PC

Page 69: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 61 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

000650 F6781573 SUPPORT 1.000 PC

000660 F6781747 SHRINK-ON TOOL 1.000 PC

000670 F6782016 PRESSURE BUSH 1.000 PC

000680 F6782353 ASSEMBLY TOOL 1.000 PC

000690 F6782356 PULLER 1.000 PC

000700 F6783750 TOOL KIT 1.000 PC

000710 F6783833 VLVE.SPRING COMPR. 1.000 PC

000720 F6783890 PRESS-IN TOOL 1.000 PC

000730 F6784421 TOOL KIT 1.000 PC

000740 F6784926 ASSEMBLY JIG F/TURBOCHARGER 1.000 PC

000750 F6785078 EXTRACTION DEVICE 1.000 PC

000760 F6786383 RETAINING JIG 2.000 PC

000770 F6786758 ASSEMBLY JIG 1.000 PC

000780 F6787235 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

000790 F6787262 EXTRACTION DEVICE 1.000 PC

000800 F6787762 MOUNT 1.000 PC

000810 F6787764 THRUST BUSH 1.000 PC

000820 F6788255 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

000830 F6789471 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

000840 F6789666 INSTALLATION DEVICE 1.000 PC

000850 F6789813 GUIDE PIN 2.000 PC

000860 F6789908 PROTECTIVE CAP F/TURBOCHARGER 1.000 PC

000870 T80090748 4-STRAND HOOK CHAIN 1.000 PC

000880 T80090944 BRACKET 1.000 PC

000890 T80091140 LIFTING JIG 1.000 PC

000900 T80092136 ADAPTER 1.000 PC

000910 T80092137 ADAPTER 1.000 PC

000920 T80092139 LIFT HANDLE 1.000 PC

000930 X00041756 GUIDE, SPECIAL 2.000 PC

000940 Y20011268 DIAL INDICATOR 10MM 1.000 PC

000950 Y20016482 PREC.DIAL BORE GAUGE 1.000 PC

000960 Y20044010 ANGULAR TORQUE JIG 1.000 PC

000970 Y20091080 ALIGN.LIM.PLUG GAUGE 1.000 PC

000980 Y20097473 ALIGNMENT PLUG GAUGE 1.000 PC

000990 Y20097512 ALIGN.LIM.PL.GAUGE 1.000 PC

001000 Y20097513 ALIGN.LIM.PL.GAUGE 1.000 PC

001010 Y4274737 MEASURING JIG 1.000 PC

001020 Y4340442 TEST GAUGE,INLET 1.000 PC

001030 Y4340443 TEST GAUGE,EXH. 1.000 PC

001040 Y4343688 PRESSURE TEST DEVICE 1.000 PC

001050 T80092565 EYEBOLT 2.000 PC

001060 000912016030 SCREW 6.000 PC

001070 B80096717 LUKAS PRESS 1.000 PC

001080 B80144852 HYDRAULIC FILLER 1.000 PC

001090 B80147075 HAND PUMP KIT 1.000 PC

001100 B80525907 VLBG-LASTBOCK(1)0,63 1.000 PC

001110 F0141256 ASSEMBLY JIG 1.000 PC

001120 F30039526 RING WRENCH ADAPTER 1.000 PC

Page 70: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 62 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

001130 F30047798 TORQUE WRENCH 1.000 PC

001140 F30377680 PRESS-IN TOOL 1.000 PC

001150 F30377893 INST/REMOVAL JIG 1.000 PC

001160 F30377999 EXTRACTOR 1.000 PC

001170 F30378352 SOCKET ADAPTER 1.000 PC

001180 F30378426 INSTALLATION JIG 1.000 PC

001190 F30378509 EXTRACTOR DRIFT 1.000 PC

001200 F30378577 EXTRACTION DRIFT 1.000 PC

001210 F30378754 ASSEMBLY MANDREL 1.000 PC

001220 F30379021 REMOVAL PLIERS 1.000 PC

001230 F30379307 ADJ. MANDREL 2.000 PC

001240 F30450332 PISTON RING PLIERS 1.000 PC

001250 F30450435 INST:/REM: SHOE 1.000 PC

001260 F30450446 SCHRUMPFWERKZEUG 1.000 PC

001270 F30450902 RATCHET ADAPTER 1.000 PC

001280 F30451789 SOCKET WRENCH 1.000 PC

001290 F30452055 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

001300 F30452056 RATCHET RING WRENCH 1.000 PC

001310 F30453427 INSERTION TOOL 1.000 PC

001320 F6553635 ASSEMBLY JIG 1.000 PC

001330 F6553644 LOCATING JIG 2.000 PC

001340 F6553645 SLIDING GUARD 2.000 PC

001350 F6553646 INSTALL/REMOVE DEV. 1.000 PC

001360 F6553649 INSTALLATION AID 1.000 PC

001370 F6553661 FLANGE 1.000 PC

001380 F6554704 FLANGE 1.000 PC

001390 F6554706 SPACER SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001400 F6554716 INSTALLATION JIG 1.000 PC

001410 F6555708 FIXING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001420 F6555729 SPACER 1.000 PC

001430 F6555730 SCREW 6.000 PC

001440 F6555738 ASSEMBLY DEVICE 1.000 PC

001450 F6555764 PRESS-IN DEVICE 1.000 PC

001460 F6555771 STOP PLATE 1.000 PC

001470 F6555788 ADAPTER 1.000 PC

001480 F6555791 BARRING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001490 F6555792 POINTER 1.000 PC

001500 F6557130 STOP RAIL 1.000 PC

001510 F6557134 ASSEMBLY SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001520 F6557152 LOCATING JIG 1.000 PC

001530 F6557153 LOCATING JIG 1.000 PC

001540 F6557190 EXTRACT.DEVICE. 1.000 PC

001550 F6557191 EXTRACT.DEVICE. 1.000 PC

001560 F6557194 FORCE-OFF DEVICE 2.000 PC

001570 F6557935 TOOL SET 1.000 PC

001580 F6557936 TOOL SET 1.000 PC

001590 F6557946 GUIDE BUSH 1.000 PC

001600 F6559631 ASSEMBLY BUSH 1.000 PC

001610 F6559632 ALIGNING DEVICE 1.000 PC

Page 71: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 63 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

001620 F6780532 FLANGE 1.000 PC

001630 F6780579 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001640 F6780591 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001650 F6781609 ASSEMBLY JIG 1.000 PC

001660 F6781672 SUPPORT 1.000 PC

001670 F6781676 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001680 F6781739 ASSEMBLY DEVICE 1.000 PC

001690 F6781745 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001700 F6782017 TENSION SPINDLE 1.000 PC

001710 F6782018 PRESSURE BUSH 1.000 PC

001720 F6782344 ALIGNING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001730 F6782970 GUIDE TUBE 1.000 PC

001740 F6782999 ALIGNING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001750 F6783003 ALIGNING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001760 F6783567 INSTALLATION DEV. 1.000 PC

001770 F6783605 ASSEMBLY SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001780 F6783824 REMOVAL DEVICE 1.000 PC

001790 F6783825 INSTALLATION DEV. 1.000 PC

001800 F6784107 ASSEMBLY JIG 1.000 PC

001810 F6784403 GUIDE SLEEVE 1.000 PC

001820 F6784618 CENTERING SLEEVE FOR CAMSHAFT 1.000 PC

001830 F6786394 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

001840 F6787133 TIGHTENING TOOL 1.000 PC

001850 F6787778 REMOVAL TOOL 1.000 PC

001860 F6787809 GUIDE BUSHING 1.000 PC

001870 F6787880 PRESS-IN TOOL 1.000 PC

001880 F6787996 GUARD PLATE 1.000 PC

001890 F6789270 ALIGNMENT JIG 2.000 PC

001900 F6789329 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

001910 F6789433 PULLER 1.000 PC

001920 F6789791 ALIGNMENT JIG 1.000 PC

001930 F6789864 PEGGING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001940 F6789879 LOCATING DEVICE 1.000 PC

001950 F6790119 AXIAL LOCATING ELEM. 8.000 PC

001960 F6790621 GUIDE BUSHING 1.000 PC

001970 F6790715 HYDR. SCREWDR. SET 1.000 PC

001980 T80091033 BASE PLATE 4.000 PC

001990 T80091102 SUPPORT FRAME 1.000 PC

002000 T80091105 LIFTING EQUIPMENT 1.000 PC

002010 T80091387 SHACKLE 1.000 PC

002020 T80092108 SCREW-ON ADAPTER 1.000 PC

002030 T80092265 LIFT HANDLE 1.000 PC

002040 T80092306 ADAPTER 1.000 PC

002050 T80092357 LIFTING RIG 1.000 PC

002060 T80092398 LIFT HANDLE 1.000 PC

002070 T80092426 ADAPTER 1.000 PC

002080 Y20091483 BORE GAUGE 160/280 1.000 PC

002090 Y4277201 GAUGE RING 1.000 PC

Page 72: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 64 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

002100 Y4341124 GRADUATED PLATE 1.000 PC

002110 Y4347308 TEST RIG 1.000 PC

002120 Y4347522 BRIDGE METER 1.000 PC

002130 Y4347843 DISTANCE GAUGE 1.000 PC

Encl. 7 (As per TNC minutes)

List of Commissioning Spares per Ship

Item Material Description

Order quantity per Ship

Order quantity

000010 GLYSACORR-G93-94 INHIBITOR 80.000 KG

Engine Commissioning Spares:

Item Material Description Order quantity

Order quantity

000010 0000925105 FILTER ELEMENT 2.000 PC

000020 8695860572 GASKET KIT 2.000 PC

000030 0031845301 FILTER ELEMENT OIL 4.000 PC

000040 X59308300031 EASY-CHANGE FILTER 2.000 PC

000050 0180943002 AIR FILTER 2.000 PC

000060 0002040791 FILTER ELEMENT 2.000 PC

Encl. 2 (As per TNC minutes)

Page 73: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 65 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

List of Deliverables per ship ANY ITEM NOT INCLUDED IN THE LIST BUT INCLUDED IN THE

SPECIFICATION OR REQUIRED FOR SATISFACTORY OPERATION OF SYSTEM/

EQUIPMENT ARE ALSO TO BE SUPPLIED. ANY ITEM NOT INCLUDED IN THE

LIST BUT INCLUDED IN THE TNC MINUTES & COMPLIANCE MATRIX SHALL

ALSO BE SUPPLIED

Engine Description

Engine Model 16V4000M53 Application Group 1A - Continuousoperation, unrestricted

Power as per MTU Sales Program

Power per engine (ISO 3046) 1.840 kW Engine speed 1.800 rpm Intakeairtemperature 25 °C Coolanttemperature 25 °C Altitude 100 m

On-site Power

Power per engine (ISO 3046) 1.840 kW Engine speed 1.800 rpm Intakeairtemperature 25 °C Coolanttemperature 25 °C Altitude 100 m

Quantities

Total of 8 object(s) 2 engine(s) per object

Engine assignment

1 engine 1 2 engine 2

1) Item appears only once per object

Selection Criteria for the Scope of Supply

Criteria Selection for Engine

Page 74: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 66 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

No. Engine plant(s) per vessel Twin-engine plant 1-2, Engine category New installation 1-2, Applicationgroup 1A 1-2, Reference conditions 25/25 1-2, Ambientairtemperature Above 10°C 1-2, Exhaustemissionsregulations IMO Tier 2 1-2, Productusage governmental 1-2, Flag State IND India 1-2, IMO certifier 08 GL (Germanischer Lloyd) 1-2, Operational area International waters 1-2, On-board supplyvoltage 400 VAC, 50 Hz, 3-phase 1-2, AcceptanceTesting ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) 1-2, Scopeofmonitoring Extended

scopeclassificationregulations 1-2,

Propulsion configuration Fixed Pitch Propeller conventional (FPP)

1-2,

Gearboxselection Gearbox customer, freestanding, D-Drive

1-2,

Startingmethod Onlycompressedairstarting 1-2, Heatexchangerinstallation Engine-mountedheatexchanger 1-2, Plant Automation Blue Vision 1-2, Spare Parts Not included in scope of supply 1-2, Tools Not included in scope of supply 1-2, Publications Standard publications English 1-2, Painting Standard paintwork Cobalt blue

(RAL5013) 1-2,

Chrom-finish without (standard-version) 1-2, Packing T-cradleseaworthy 1-2, Shipment FCA manufacturingfacility 1-2, TEN-ID 1658 1-2,

Scope of Supply

valid

for engine No.

1 ENGINE CONFIGURATION 1-2,

1.1 Engine System 1-2,

Basic Engine Liquid-cooled, four-stroke diesel engine, anticlockwise direction of rotation (viewed on driving end) with direct fuel injection, controlled exhaust gas turbocharging, charge air cooling and the following basic

1-2,

Page 75: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 67 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

equipment: Crankcase with bolted-on flywheel housing (SAE-00 flange); four-valve, individual cylinder heads with "Rotocap" valve rotators; gear train for valve gear and auxiliary PTO; forged crankshaft with bolted-on counterweights; forged connecting rods, machined all over; composite pistons with light metal skirt and bolted-on steel crown; piston cooling via oil spray nozzles; triple-walled, liquid-cooled exhaust manifolds; auxiliary PTO possibility at free end; vibration damper (subject to torsional vibration calculation); all necessary on-engine air, exhaust, coolant, fuel and oil pipework

This scope of supply complies with SOLAS regulation for admissible surface temperature and includes SOLAS splash protection for fuel and oil pipe connections

1-2,

1.2 Starting 1-2,

Starting System with Compressed Air Starter

1-2,

− Compressed air starter motor (max. operating pressure 8 - 9 bar) electric starting valve (24 VDC), with remote control

1-2,

− Flameproof hose line for compressed air connection

1-2,

1.3 Oil System 1-2,

Basic Equipment

1-2,

− Lube oil circulation pump with safety valve for forced-feed lubrication and piston cooling

1-2,

− Oil pan for standard inclinations

1-2,

− Lube oil-operated control flap for exhaust gas turbocharger control

1-2,

− Oil dipstick and oil filler neck: on right side of engine

1-2,

− Closed crankcase vent, with return to combustion air intake

1-2,

− Centrifugal oil filter

1-2,

Page 76: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 68 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

Lube oil filter with diverter valve

1-2,

− Lube oil heat exchanger

1-2,

− Flameproof hose line for lube oil extraction

1-2,

− Hand pump for lube oil extraction

1-2,

− Lube Oil Priming System (400 V - 50 Hz)

1-2,

− On-engine connecting hardware

1-2,

− Lube oil priming pump with electric motor (400 VAC; 3 ph; 50 Hz; 0.75 kW)

1-2,

− Flameproofhoselines

1-2,

1.4 Fuel System 1-2,

Basic Equipment − Fuel delivery pump;

Fuel oil cooler, integrated in coolant-to-raw water plate-core heat exchanger; Fuel duplex filter with diverter valve; "Common Rail" fuel injection system with high-pressure pump, pressure accumulator and electronically controlled fuel injection with cylinder cutout system; Fuel system safety equipment with jacketed H.P. fuel lines between H.P. pump and injectors, incl. leak-off fuel tank

1-2,

Additional Equipment

1-2,

− Flameproof hose line for leak-off fuel tank of fuel system safety equipment

1-2,

− Flameproof hose line for fuel pipework to engine

1-2,

− Hose line (flame-proof) for return fuel (ventilation and over pressure fuel) from engine

1-2,

− Dirt strainer (DN 40) for engine fuel pump protection (mesh width 1.2 mm, washable)

1-2,

Page 77: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 69 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

(supplied loose)

1.5 Cooling System 1-2,

Basic Equipment

− MTU-split-circuitcoolantsystem; Coolantcirculation pump; Coolantthermostat;

1-2,

On-engine Plate-core Heat Exchanger Cooling

1-2,

− Engine-mounted coolant-to-raw water plate-core heat exchanger

1-2,

− Flameproof hose lines for raw water system venting

1-2,

− Engine-driven, self-priming raw water pump, raw water inlet with threaded flange

1-2,

− Engine-mounted expansion tank with breather valve and rubber sleeve for engine coolant venting/overflow

1-2,

− Flameproof rubber bellows for raw water inlet on raw water pump

1-2,

− Connecting elbow (swivel-type) for raw water outlet after plate-core heat exchanger (connection on engine free end)

1-2,

− Flameproof rubber bellows for raw water outlet after plate-core heat exchanger

1-2,

− Raw-water connecting parts for gearbox cooling (connection on engine free end)

1-2,

− Flameproof hose line for raw water connecting parts for gearbox cooling

1-2,

1.6 Combustion Air System 1-2,

Basic Equipment

1-2,

Engine version with horizontal air inlet arrangement 1-2,

Page 78: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 70 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− Air intake silencer, integrated between intake air filter and intake

housing, for reduction of high-frequent turbocharger noise

1-2,

− Engine coolant temperature-controlled intercooler in engine coolant circuit (internal charge air cooling)

1-2,

Air-Intake System (Engine-room air intake)

1-2,

− Set of air intake adaptors on exhaust gas turbochargers Set of intake air filters (seawater-resistant elements)

1-2,

1.7 Exhaust System 1-2,

Basic Equipment

1-2,

Triple-walled, liquid-cooled, on-engine exhaust manifolds

1-2,

− MTU sequential turbocharging with 2 turbochargers with liquid-cooled bearing housing in liquid-cooled carrier housing

1-2,

Exhaust Connection − Set of exhaust elbows with insulation, outlet set off 30° upwards

against horizontal

1-2,

− Set of metal bellows with counter flange for resilient connection of ship-side exhaust discharge

− Common line exhaust bellow : 1 per engine ( 2 per vessel)

1-2,

ExhaustFlap

− 1 pneumatically-controlled exhaust flap for surface discharge

1-2,

- Exhaust flap with pneumatic actuator, flap assembly including all counter flanges with bolts, 2 limit switches, control lever and brackets.

1)

Page 79: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 71 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

. in PORT and STARBOARD version.

ExhaustSilencer

1-2,

Absorptive exhaust gas silencer 25dB with integrated spark arrester. Material mild steel. With companion flanges and bolts. Standard installation position: horizontal

1-2,

1.8 Engine Mounting 1-2,

Resilient Engine Mounting (for free-standing direct-drive gearbox arrangement) − Resilient engine mounts, free end;

Resilient engine mounts, driving end

1-2,

1.9 Power Transmission 1-2,

Resilient torsional and offset compensating coupling, supplied loose (for free-standing direct-drive gearbox) make: Centa − Coupling for standard configuration without specific acoustic

requirements − subject to torsional vibration calculation (TVC)

According to the complexity of the installation arrangement, a TVC is recommended prior the order placement. The result of the TVC might require a coupling, different as the standard coupling, which might have effects on price, lead time, weight and dimensions.

− The required input data of all rotating drive components, which are not in the MTU scope of supply, should be provided to MTU in time (4 months before engine delivery date)

− max. ambient temperature: 60°C − displacement capability only given with the standard engine

mounting system

1-2,

1.10 Auxiliary PTO 1-2,

Charging Generator − Charging generator (140 A/28 VDC/2-pole) for 24 VDC battery

1-2,

Page 80: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 72 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

voltage, with flexible coupling and accidental contact protection

On-engine Plate-core Heat Exchanger Cooling

1-2,

− Engine version without bilge pump (PTO closed by cover)

1-2,

− Engine version without crankshaft PTO (Free crankshaft end closed by fender)

1-2,

1.11 Engine Management System 1-2,

Engine Control and Monitoring System (ADEC) (extended scope according to Classification Society Regulation, with type test approval) comprising:

1-2,

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) in metal housing, wired and engine-mounted, with plug connectors for connection to the Engine Interface Module (EIM), with the following functions/subassemblies: − Engine speed control in response to speed setting signal with fuel

injection and speed limitation as a function of engine status and operating conditions

− MTU sequential-turbocharging control − Data processing logic for analog and binary signals − Data communication between the engine management system and

the plant automation (via EIM)

1-2,

Engine Monitoring Unit (EMU) Engine Monitoring Unit (EMU), in metal housing, wired and engine-mounted, with plug connectors for connection to the Engine Interface Module (EIM), with the following functions/subassemblies: − Data processing logic for analog and binary signals − Data communication between the engine management system and

the plant automation (via EIM)

1-2,

Sensors and Wiring on Engine − Set of type approved sensors, engine-mounted and wired to the

ECU, consisting of: − Electric speed transmitters for:

1-2,

Page 81: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 73 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− crankshaft − camshaft − exhaust turbocharger A − exhaust turbocharger B

− Temperature transmitters (PT1000) for: − lube oil − coolant − intake air − charge air − rail fuel

− Temperature transmitters (PT100) for: − charge air valve − combined exhaust gas A − combined exhaust gas B

− Pressure transmitters (0.5 - 4.5 V) for: − lube oil before filter − lube oil after filter − coolant − charge air − crankcase air − fuel before main filter − fuel after main filter − rail fuel

− Level monitor for: − coolant − fuel leakage in high-pressure system

− Set of type approved sensors, engine-mounted and wired to the

EMU, consisting of: − Electric speed transmitter for:

− crankshaft − Temperature transmitter (PT1000) for:

− coolant − Pressure transmitters (0.5 - 4.5 V) for:

− lube oil after filter − raw water

− Set of type approved sensors, engine-mounted and wired to the

EIM, consisting of: − 2 limit switches on barring gear access (A/B-side, for start-up

interlock)

Page 82: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 74 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− Additional set of type approved thermocouples, engine-mounted

and wired to the EMU: − Thermocouples (NiCrNi) for individual exhaust temperature

monitoring

1-2,

Engine Interface Module (EIM) Engine Interface Module (EIM), in metal housing, wired and engine-mounted, with one plug connector for connection with the components of the plant automation, with the following functions/interfaces: − Essential functions for the engine management system:

− 24 VDC power supply input (redundant) with distribution to further components of the engine management system (with protections and monitoring in the sub-circuits)

− Data acquisition and processing for engine-side and additional plant-side engine signals

− Start logic with start interlocks via engine-side signals (e.g. barring gear engaged)

− Control and monitoring of lube oil priming pump (in conjunction with lube oil priming and MTU lube oil priming pump control unit PPC only)

− Control of starter with starter protection and “tooth on tooth” start repetition (in conjunction with electric starting system only, for 1 or 2 starters depending on engine type)

− Control of compressed air starter motor (in conjunction with compressed air starting system only)

− Monitoring of start air pressure (in conjunction with compressed air starting system and plant-side pressure sensor only)

− Excitation and charging control of the charging generator (in conjunction with charging generator only)

− Stop logic incl. stop sequence function in case of unexpected key switch off

− Emergency stop logic with loop monitoring of the plant-side emergency stop buttons (max. 8 buttons, number of buttons configurable)

− Signals for the data communication between the engine

management system and components of the MTU plant automation (in conjunction with MTU MCS and/or MTU RCS only): − Parallel binary and analogue signals

1-2,

Page 83: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 75 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− MTU´s CAN-bus (redundant) − MTU´s CAN-bus SAE J1939

− Interfaces for the data communication between the engine

management system and an independent local and remote monitoring system (in conjunction with Non-MTU MCS only): − Parallel interface with binary inputs for:

− Key switch on − Engine start (plant-side interlocks must be implement in the

plant automation) − Engine stop (plant-side interlocks must be implement in the

plant automation) − Engine emergency stop − Disable engine cylinder cut out

− CAN-bus SAE J1939 interface (proprietary telegrams necessary) − Interface for the data communication between the engine

management system and an independent remote control system (in conjunction with Non-MTU RCS only): − Parallel interface:

− Analogue input (4 - 20 mA) for engine speed demand − Analogue outputs (each 0 - 10 VDC) for:

− Engine speed − Engine load

− Binary inputs for alternative engine speed demand (backup mode) for: − Switching engine speed demand − Engine speed increase − Engine speed decrease

− Binary output for disengage and idle speed demand − Signals for the data communication between the engine

management system and the MTU dialog unit (accessible via engine-mounted dialog plug connector): − MTU´s CAN-bus

Plug Connectors and additional Wiring on Engine

− Plug connectors, engine-mounted and wired to the EIM resp. ECU,

for the connection of following plant-side sensors: − Pressure sensor for start air (useable in conjunction with

compressed air starting system only)

1-2,

Page 84: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 76 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− Level probe for engine coolant (useable in conjunction with plant-side coolant expansion tank only)

− Dialog plug connector, engine-mounted and wired to the EIM, for

the connection of the MTU dialog unit

− Additional wiring of the power supply and signals on engine from the EIM to the ECU and to the EMU as well as of the control and monitoring signals from the EIM to the compressed air starter motor and to the charging generator

1-2,

Sensor and Connecting Cable loose supplied − Pressure transmitter (4 - 20 mA) for start air for installation in plant-

side starting air system − Connecting cable with plug connector at one end (engine side) for

connection of the pressure transmitter with the engine management system, cable length 10m

− Installation material for the electrical connection and the mechanical installation of the pressure transmitter

1-2,

1.12 Governor Configuration 1-2,

− Basic data set for engine control system

1-2,

2 GEARBOX CONFIGURATION 1-2,

2.1 GearboxSpecification 1-2,

The gearbox is not part of the MTU scope of supply and is to be supplied by the customer. The customer-supplied gearbox has the following configuration:

1-2,

Freestandinggearbox

1-2,

− with non-standard or unknown scope of gearbox monitoring / clutch control

1-2,

− with following gearbox connections for the plant automation:

1-2,

− non-standard or unknown parallel connection for gearbox monitoring / clutch control

1-2,

Page 85: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 77 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

3 AUTOMATION CONFIGURATION 1)

3.1 Specification and Description 1)

Blue Vision Propulsion Plant Automation (Extended Scope according to Classification Society Regulations for Classified Vessels, with type test approval)

1)

Notes to the Scope of Supply of the Automation:

1)

The Propulsion Plant Automation relate to following Propulsion Plant Configuration: Single Line Ship Propulsion Plant, consisting of:

1)

2 x MTU Diesel Engine, Series 4000 (ADEC) with Engine Interface Module (EIM)

1)

2 x GearboxwithReversingComponent

1)

2 x Propulsion with Fixed Pitch Propeller (FPP)

1)

The scope of supply for the gearbox monitoring and clutch control is provisional only and the offer is made with reservations. For price calculation purposes, the scope contains a MTU defined standard monitoring and control unit as an example. The final scope of supply and order confirmation can only be made after technically examining the actual gearbox sensors and actuators that are to be used.

1)

1)

The scope of supply includes MTU-System Cables for the Propulsion Plant Automation. Notes: System cables delivered from MTU to be used only for fixed cable routing. Use in conjunction with e.g. movable platforms (as lifting bridges etc.) is not permitted. The cable lengths have to be defined by the shipyard according to

1)

Page 86: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 78 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

project-specific requirements. For a delivery on schedule, all cable lengths must be specified 10 weeks prior to the delivery date. See therefore specification of the cable lengths in “ship/system cables”. A delayed or incomplete cable-length specification may result in postponement of the delivery date. Besides, MTU reserves the right to charge an additional processing fee.

3.2 Engine Room 1)

Local Monitoring / Control for the Propulsion Plant(s)

1)

Local Operating Panel (LOP) (with gearbox clutch control Ahead/Neutral/Astern) [Art.No. 0001118] (IP54, for wall-mounting in engine room) Electronic monitoring and control unit for engine and gearbox with following components/functions: − Alphanumeric color display (TFT) for analogue/digital display of

measured values and alarm reports of exceeded limits according to MTU manufacturer's specification, incl. control buttons for menu control, illumination control and lamp test

− Combined control and display elements for: − Ready for Operation − Local Operation − Engine Start − Engine Stop − Engine Emergency Stop − Engine Speed Increase − Engine Speed Decrease − Gearbox Clutch Ahead − Gearbox Clutch Neutral − Gearbox Clutch Astern

− Engine start/stop control − Engine emergency stop control with manual actuation possibility

and automatic shutdown in case of engine overspeed − Data acquisition and processing for engine-side and additional

plant-side engine signals − Inputs and outputs for project-specific plant-side yard signals:

− Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free 24 VDC max. 0.1 A) for:

1)

Page 87: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 79 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− External engine emergency stop − External engine start interlock − Disable engine cylinder cut out − Increase engine idle speed

− Binary output (2-pole closer, with potential 24 VDC max.0.5 A) for: − Flash light / Horn

− Binary outputs (each 3-pole change over, with potential 24 VDC max. 0.2 A or potential-free 24V DC max. 0.5 A) for: − LOP common alarm − Engine running − Engine speed window

− "Plug&Play" connections for all shipside connecting cables

Gearbox Control Unit (GCU) [Art.No. 0000500] (IP54, for wall-mounting in engine room) Electronic monitoring and control unit for gearbox with following components/functions: − Gearbox clutch control − Data acquisition and processing for gearbox-side and additional

plant-side gearbox signals − Inputs for project-specific plant-side yard signals:

− Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free 24 VDC max. 0.1 A) for: − Engage interlock − Disengage − Trolling active alarm interlock

− "Plug&Play" connections for all shipside connecting cables

1)

MTU Standard Interface of Gearbox Control Unit (GCU), of Local Operating Panel (LOP) and of Engine Interface Module (EIM) (for gearbox monitoring/clutch control) [Art.No. 0001126] The Gearbox Control Unit (GCU) offers following inputs/outputs: − Gearbox monitoring:

− Analogue inputs for: − Pressure transmitter (0 - 30 bar / 4 - 20 mA) for gearbox

1)

Page 88: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 80 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

control oil − Pressure transmitter (0 - 7 bar or 0 - 16 bar / 4 - 20 mA) für

gearbox lube oil − Temperature transmitter (PT 1000) for gearbox oil

− Binary input for: − Pressure monitor (2-pole opener, potential-free) for gearbox oil

filter (pressure before filter or filter differential pressure) − Gearbox clutch control:

− Binary outputs (each 2-pole closer, with potential 24 VDC, sum of all simultaneously energized switch valves max. 2 A) for: − Switch valve for Ahead or In − Switch valve for Neutral or Out (24 VDC switched) or for

disengage release (24 VDC constant) − Switch valve for Astern

− Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free) for: − Switch for clutch position Ahead or In − Switch for clutch position Neutral or Out − Switch for clutch position Astern − Switch for electric control active

The Local Operating Panel (LOP) offers following additonal inputs (gearbox signals wired via Gearbox Control Unit (GCU)): − Gearbox monitoring:

− Analogue inputs for: − Temperature transmitter (PT 1000) for gearbox thrust bearing

− Binary inputfor: − Level switch (2-pole opener, potential-free) or level probe (3-

pole electronic opener, 24 VDC switching) for gearbox oil The Engine Interface Module (EIM) offers following additonal inputs (gearbox signals wired via Gearbox Control Unit (GCU) and Local Operating Panel (LOP): − Gearbox monitoring:

− Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free) for: − Pressure monitor for gearbox control oil − Pressure monitor for gearbox lube oil

Lube Oil Priming Pump Control Unit (PPC)

(for 3 x 400 VAC, 50 Hz) [Art.No. 0000735] (IP65, for wall-mounting in engine room)

1)

Page 89: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 81 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

Control unit for lube oil priming pump 3 x 400 VAC / 50 Hz / 0,75 kW / 2 A, with following components/functions: − Selector switch for Automatic / Off / Manual − Breaker switch with overcurrent trip − "Plug&Play" connections for all shipside connecting cables

Exhaust Flap Control Unit (FCU) (for above water exhaust flap) [Art.No. 0001001] (IP54, for wall-mounting in engine room) Electronic monitoring and control unit for above water exhaust flap with following components/functions: − Exhaust flap control depending on engine speed and gearbox

clutch position − Data acquisition and processing for exhaust flap position signals − Cable inlets and "Plug&Play" connections for shipside connecting

cables

1)

3.3 Main Control Stand 1)

Interface for Non-MTU Remote Monitoring for the Propulsion Plant(s)

1)

Parallel and Serial Interface to customer-side Monitoring System:

1)

Parallel and Serial Interface RS422 to Monitoring and Control System supplied by the customer (data format to comply with MTU specification; with signals for engine and gearbox) [Art.No. 0001146] (IP23, for installation in control stand console (under panel)) Electronic Connecting Module (PIM/MCS) for data communication between the MTU plant automation and an independent monitoring and control system, with following functions/specification: − Parallel interface:

− Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free) for: − Key switch (contact 1) on/off − Key switch (contact 2) on/off

1)

Page 90: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 82 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free) for following operating push buttons: − Engine start − Engine stop − Engine emergency stop − Dim up − Dim down − Safety system override − Alarm acknowledge

− Binary outputs (each 1-pole electronic closer, 24 VDC max. 250 mA switching) for following operating push buttons: − Engine start − Engine stop − Engine emergency stop − Dim up − Dim down − Safety system override

− Binary outputs (each 1-pole electronic closer, 24 VDC max. 250 mA switching) for following indicating lamps: − Readyforstart/stop − Engine/gearboxalarm − Sensor/system fault − Engine running − Automaticstop/reduction − Overspeed − Lubeoilpressurelow − Coolanttemperature high − Gearboxcontroloilpressurelow − Gearboxoiltemperature high − Coolantlevellow − Leakagefuellevel high − Water level in fuel prefilter high

− Binary output (2-pole closer, 24 VDC max. 0.5 A switching) for buzzer

− Analogue outputs (each 4 - 20 mA, load < 300 Ohm) for following instruments: − Engine speed − Shaftspeed − Lubeoilpressure − Coolanttemperature − Gearboxcontroloilpressure

Page 91: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 83 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− Gearboxoiltemperature − Frequency output (0 - 1500 Hz) for engine speed instrument − Dimmer voltage outputs (3 x, each ground 24 VDC max. 3 A

dimming) for the illumination of the operating push buttons, indicating lamps and instruments

− Serial interface: − Coupler between MTU´s CAN-bus and serial interface RS422 − Data format of transmitted analog and binary data to comply with

MTU specification (MCS-5 protocol) Please note: The above specified scope of the parallel interface is the maximum scope of the inputs/outputs. The project-specific scope can deviate from it. As well the serial interface RS422 includes the maximum scope, all nonexistent measuring values are transmitted with “0” or „MD“ (Missing Data). The scope of supply includes: − Description of the maximum scope for the parallel interface as well

as for the serial interface RS422 in the standard documentation (see E532323/xxE)

If required, following project-specific services can be offered on request: − Interface meeting − Integration test at MTU Friedrichshafen − Integration test on board (thus can extend the commissioning time) − project-specific adjusted specification of the parallel interface − project-specific adjustment of the transmitted data on the serial

interface RS422 Recommendation: If the serial interface RS422 with MTU MCS-5 protocol is used the first time, an integration test at MTU Friedrichshafen is recommended.

Memory Medium in Transportation Box (programmed with plant software) [Art. No. 0000687] Data module for installation in Local Operating Panel LOP, programmed with plant software for MTU plant automation incl. possibility of project-specific plant-configuration for on-board

1)

Page 92: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 84 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

commissioning

Interface for Non-MTU Remote Control for the Propulsion Plant(s)

1)

Parallel Interface to customer-side Remote Control System:

1)

Parallel Interface to Remote Control System supplied by the customer (in conjunction with Non-MTU MCS; with signals for engine speed demand and gearbox clutch control) [Art. No. 0000955] The following interfaces are available for data communication between the MTU plant automation and an independent remote control system: − The Local Operating Panel (LOP) in the engine room offers - via

MTU-System Plug X12 with cable inlet (loose supplied) - following parallel inputs/outputs (per propulsion plant) for the engine speed demand: − Analogue input (4 - 20 mA) for engine speed demand (Automatic

mode) − Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free) for:

− Switching engine speed demand (Backup mode on) − Engine speed increase (Backup mode) − Engine speed decrease (Backup mode)

− Analogue outputs (each 0 - 10 VDC, max. 8 mA) for: − Engine speed − Injectionquantity / engineload

− Binary outputs (each 3-pole change over, potential-free 24V DC max. 0.5 A) for: − Localoperation − Disengage and set engine idle speed − Speed window (clutch interlock)

− The Gearbox Control Unit (GCU) in the engine room offers - via MTU-System Plug X6 with cable inlet (loose supplied) - following parallel inputs/outputs (per propulsion plant) for the gearbox clutch control: − Binary inputs (each for 2-pole closer, potential-free) for:

− Gearbox clutch demand enginewise rotation / back flush / --- − Gearbox clutch demand neutral (switched) or disengage

release (constant) / out / out − Gearbox clutch demand counter enginewise rotation / in / in

− Binary input (24 VDC constant) for signal Non-MTU RCS

1)

Page 93: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 85 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

connected − Binary outputs (each 2-pole closer, potential-free 24V DC max.

0.2 A) for: − Gearbox clutch feedback enginewise rotation / in / in (in

conjunction with pressure monitor at the gearbox only) − Gearbox clutch feedback neutral / out / out − Gearbox clutch feedback counter enginewise rotation / back

flush / --- (in conjunction with pressure monitor at the gearbox only)

3.13 Ship/System Cables 1)

MTU-System Cables

1)

Engine Room

1)

MTU-System Cable W007 for LOP - Power Supply (24VDC) Connection [Art.No. 0000509] Connecting cable with plug connector at one end (LOP side) for connection of Local Operating Panel LOP and power supply 24VDC, fixed cable length (10 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W051 for LOP - EIM Connection (additional plug connector for the connection of PPC) [Art.No. 0001133] Connecting cable with plug connector at both ends for connection of Local Operating Panel LOP and Engine Interface Module EIM, variable cable length (range 2 - 10 m, steps in 2 m), as well as additional plug connector (installed in plug on LOP side) with control and monitoring signals for the connection of Lube Oil Priming Pump Control Unit PPC

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Plug X10 for LOP - Engine Room Yard Signals Connection [Art.No. 0000512]

1)

Page 94: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 86 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

Plug with cable inlets with possibility for connection of Local Operating Panel LOP and engine room yard signals

MTU-System Plug X11 for LOP - Engine Room Yard Signals Connection [Art.No. 0000522] Plug with cable inlets with possibility for connection of Local Operating Panel LOP and engine room yard signals

1)

MTU-System Cable W013 for GCU - LOP Connection (additional plug connector with power on signal) [Art.No. 0000871] Connecting cable with plug connector at both ends for connection of Gearbox Control Unit GCU and Local Operating Panel LOP, variable cable length (range 2 - 10 m, steps in 2 m), as well as additional plug connector (installed in plug on LOP side) with power on signal for further MTU components of the propulsion plant automation in the engine room

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W022.2 for GCU - LOP Connection [Art.No. 0001134] Connecting cable with plug connector at both ends for connection of Gearbox Control Unit GCU and Local Operating Panel LOP, variable cable length (range 2 - 10 m, steps in 2 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W022 for GCU - Gearbox Monitoring/Control Connection (non-standard or unknown gearbox monitoring/control connection; gearbox with or without reversing component; additional plug connector for signal pass on to LOP and EIM) [Art.No. 0001138] Connecting cable with plug connector at one end (GCU side) for connection of Gearbox Control Unit GCU and gearbox connection (mounted at gearbox) with non-standard scope of gearbox monitoring and clutch control, fixed cable length (10 m),

1)

Page 95: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 87 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

as well as additional plug connector (installed in plug on GCU side) for signal pass on to Local Operating Panel LOP and Engine Interface Module EIM

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Plug X5 for GCU - Engine Room Yard Signals Connection [Art.No. 0000552] Plug with cable inlets with possibility for connection of Gearbox Control Unit GCU and engine room yard signals

1)

MTU-System Cable W014.7 for PPC - LOP Connection [Art.No. 0001143] Connecting cable with plug connector at both ends for connection of Lube Oil Priming Pump Control Unit PPC and Local Operating Panel LOP, variable cable length (range 2 - 10 m, steps in 2 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W017 for PPC - Power Supply (xxxVAC/xxHz) Connection [Art.No. 0000699] Connecting cable with plug connector at one end (PPC side) for connection of Lube Oil Priming Pump Control Unit PPC and power supply xxxVAC/xxHz, fixed cable length (10 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W018 for PPC - Lube Oil Priming Pump Connection [Art.No. 0000700] Connecting cable with plug connector at one end (PPC side) for connection of Lube Oil Priming Pump Control Unit PPC and lube oil priming pump, fixed cable length (10 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W013.1 for FCU - LOP Connection 1)

Page 96: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 88 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

[Art.No. 0000872] Connecting cable with plug connector at both ends for connection of Exhaust Flap Control Unit FCU and Local Operating Panel LOP, variable cable length (range 2 - 30 m, steps in 2 m)

− cablelength 30 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W024 for FCU - GCU Connection [Art.No. 0000873] Connecting cable with plug connector at both ends for connection of Exhaust Flap Control Unit FCU and Gearbox Control Unit GCU, variable cable length (range 2 - 10 m, steps in 2 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

MTU-System Cable W080.2 for FCU - Power Supply (24VDC) Connection [Art.No. 0000874] Connecting cable with plug connector at one end (FCU side) for connection of Exhaust Flap Control Unit FCU and power supply 24VDC, fixed cable length (10 m)

1)

− cablelength 10 m

1)

Main Control Stand

1)

MTU-System Cables W004 and W006 for PIM/MCS - LOP Connection (Non-MTU MCS) [Art.No. 0000689] 2 connecting cables with plug connector at both ends for connection of Connecting Module PIM/MCS and Local Operating Panel LOP (between main control stand and engine room), variable cable length (range 2 - 30 m, steps in 2 m)

1)

− cablelength 30 m

1)

4 SPARE PARTS 1-2,

Page 97: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 89 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

4.1 Spare Parts 1-2,

Spare parts and tools are not included in this scope of supply − Please refer to separate offer.

1-2,

6 TOOLS 1-2,

6.1 Tools 1-2,

Spare parts and tools are not included in this scope of supply − Please refer to separate offer.

1-2,

8 SUNDRIES 1-2,

8.1 Documentation 1-2,

Standard Drawings (Engine/Plant) (1 set per engine, free of charge) − Set of standard drawings (German/English), comprising:

− Engine installation drawing − Engine/gearbox arrangement drawing − Diagrams for all systems (e.g. coolant, lube oil, controls,

electrical wiring, monitoring, etc.) − Installation drawings for accessories supplied loose

1-2,

Standard Publications in English-Language (Engine) - paper version - (1 set per engine free of charge) Set of standard publications, comprising: − Operation Manual − FluidsandLubricantsSpecification

1-2,

Publications, CD-ROM version (Engine) CD-ROM with standard publications in English language, comprising: − "Operation Manual" − "Tools Catalogue" − "Fluids and Lubricants Specification" − "Engine Description"

1-2,

Page 98: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 90 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

− 1 x Tools Catalog in german / english

1-2,

− 1 x Engine Description in English language

1-2,

8.2 Painting 1-2,

Standard Paintwork, Single Color (Engine/Plant) (Two-component water-based paint)

1-2,

− Standard color Cobalt blue (RAL 5013)

1-2,

8.3 Packing 1-2,

Transportation Cradle for Engine seaworthy packaging for container transport; storage time of the product suitable up to 12 month

1-2,

Transportation Box for Accessories, Supplied Loose seaworthy packaging; storage time of the products suitable up to 12 months

1-2,

8.4 Additional Options 1-2,

Exhaust emissions from the engine comply with the requirements of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78), Annex VI, Regulation 13 (NOx), limit values IMO Tier 2. IMO Tier 2 is required for the engines of vessels to be built from 2011. Certificate and “Technical File” is to be issued. The customer is to supply the information required.

1-2,

Torsionallyvibration analysis performed by MTU. To carry out the analysis by MTU, data about the shipside mass system ( e.g. propeller, shaft, torsional coupling(s), auxiliary drives (if existing)) are to be provided.

1-2,

− Engine internal preservation, carried out with the engine hot on completion of acceptance testing. In conjunction with suitable packaging, the internal preservation suffices for transportation and/or storage for a period of up to 12 month, with MTU long-term packaging up to 36 months. Represervation, which can be provided at extra charge, will extend the storage period by a further 6 to 36

1-2,

Page 99: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 91 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

months (depending on storage conditions and type of packaging).

9 SUNDRIES AUTOMATION 1)

9.1 Documentation 1)

Project-Specific Drawing Documentation according to MTU Standard (Automation) (incl. ship wiring diagram) [Art.No. 0001004] 1 Set of drawing documentation (1 x printed, 1 x on CD-ROM, PDF format), consisting of installation and configuration drawings as well as a project-specific adapted ship wiring diagram

1)

− Drawings in english and german language

1)

Publications according to MTU Standard (Automation) [Art.No. 0000574] (1 set per ship free of charge) 1 Set of publications (1 x printed, 1 x on CD-ROM, PDF format)

1)

− Publications in english language

1)

Further Set of Publications according to MTU Standard (Automation) [Art.No. 0000575] Further set of publications (1 x printed, 1 x on CD-ROM, PDF format)

1)

− 1 off

1)

− Publications in english language

1)

9.2 Painting 1)

Standard Paintwork, Single Color (Automation) [Art.No. 0000577] Paint color of plant automation and paint quality according to MTU standard (coating as per procedural standard MTV5050, paint color RAL….,

1)

Page 100: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 92 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

surface structure: grain effect, fine structure)

− Components for installation in the engine room in standard color ultramarine blue (RAL 5002)

1)

9.3 Packing 1)

Seaworthy Packing (storage up to 12 months) [Art.No. 0001116] Transportation box(es) for automation components, cables, spares, tools and documentation; seaworthy packing; storage time of the products suitable up to 12 months

1)

10 FUNCTIONAL TESTING 1-2,

10.1 Acceptance Testing 1-2,

Please note: In the type approval multi-engine plants are accepted only. For single-engine plants it needs to be clarified by the customer if there are any project specific redundancies required.

1-2,

Diesel Engine Acceptance Testing by Classification Society (American Bureau of Shipping, ABS) − Acceptance testing of the diesel engine (includes approval of

drawings, supervision of assembly with checking of individual components, e.g. crankshaft, at the manufacturer ´s facility and supervision of acceptance testing as well as final examination of components as necessary)

− Acceptance testing of electronic components through Classification

Society (Components with type test approval)

− Testing for each engine : Additional 1 test point testing at 45 / 32

conditions at rated power and speed

− The engine test will include noise and vibration measurements for first engine (per order of 8 vessel).

1-2,

Page 101: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 93 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

valid for engine No.

11 FUNCTIONAL TESTING AUTOMATION 1)

11.1 AcceptanceTesting 1)

Acceptance by Classification Society [Art.No. 0000581] Acceptance of the automation components with type-test certificate, of the project-specific plant configuration and the approval of drawings by the classification society

1)

12 SHIPPING CONDITIONS 1-2,

12.1 Freight 1-2,

FCA Manufacturing Facility (Incoterms 2010)

1-2,

13 SHIPPING CONDITIONS AUTOMATION 1)

13.1 Freight 1)

FCA Manufacturing Facility (Incoterms 2010) [Art.No. 0001248]

1)

Encl. 1

BOARD LIST OF AS FITTED DRAWINGS (Refer TNC Minutes) GRSE YARD NOS. 2092 - 99

Sl. No. Description Drawing Ref No. (OEM to indicate)

1 Outline arrangement of engine front 2 Outline arrangement of free end 3 Outline arrangement of driving end 4 Outline arrangement of plan 5 Cross section of engine cylinder liner 6 Asy. Of cylinder water jacket & liner 7 Assy. Of Cr. Shaft 8 Arrangement of Cr. Shaft 9 Assy of location bearing 10 Assy of connecting rod 11 Arrangement of cylinder head 12 Arrangement of valve gear

Page 102: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 94 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

13 Arrangement of cam shaft 14 Arrangement of cam shaft drive 15 Arrangement of fuel oil system (circuit

diagram)

16 Assly. Of fuel pump 17 Assly of delivery valve 18 Arrangement of fuel filter 19 Arrangement of heat Exchanger (O/A

dimn. Drg.)

20 Governor linkage 21 Arrangement of L.O. system (circuit

diagram)

22 Arrangement of all pumps 23 Sectional Arrangement of all pumps 24 Arrangement of pump drive 25 Arrangement of crankcase ventilation

system (breather)

26 Arrangement of F.W. water system (circuit diagram) t

27 Arrangement of air start system (circuit diagram)

28 Arrangement of air starting valve 29 Arrangement of injection valve 30 Piston and valve assembly 31 Air distribution drive 32 Assembly of distributor 33 Assembly of exhaust manifold 34 Assembly of inlet manifold 35 Assembly of fuel injector 36 Assembly of camshaft drive 37 Silencer 38 Flexible pieces and bellows 39 Sectional arrangement of

turbocharger

40 Outline arrangement of turbocharger 41 a) Detail of flex. Link coupling

b) Detail of clutch

42 Outside arrangement for pumps and side view

43 Details of casing impeller, rotation assembly etc.

44 Assembly with prime mover on common base plate or seating

45 Arrgt. Of Air Cooler 46 Arrgt. Of L.O. Priming pump 47 Any other drawings suggested by

Page 103: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

GRSE LTD. - CDO PURCHASE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION FOR

MAIN ENGINE

R.N. NO.- RN/2092-99/E/ ME Rev

01

YARD NO. -2092-99 SHEET.- 95 OF 95

GROUP – LCU MCY REF. DRG.NO.-

INSPECTION :

CLASS/ IHQ REP

PREPARED BY : CDO LCU

MCRY

OEM Note : FIRM TO SUPPLY DETAILED LIST OF AS MADE LIST OF DRAWINGS BASED ON ABOVE BROAD LIST.

Page 104: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

1

ANNEXURE: IV

GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS & ENGINEERS LTD (A Govt. of India Undertaking)

43/46, Garden Reach Road, Calcutta- 700 024.

Fax : 033-469-8150/2020 ; Telephone : 469-8100 to 8113

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY

(INDIGENOUS EQUIPMENT / MACHINERY)

REF. NO. GRSE-STACS-PE-INDG (AUGUST, 2006)

INDEX

1. GENERAL

2. QUOTATIONS AND ORDER ACCEPTANCE TERMS

3. PACKING, SHIPPING, INSURANCE & FREIGHT DETAILS, AND DELIVERY

4. GUARANTEE / WARRANTY

5. QUALITY CERTIFICATION

6. TERMS OF PAYMENT

7. QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ASSISTANCE

8. MISCELLANEOUS

ANNEXURE:

A. STACS ACCEPTANCE FORMAT

B. EMD BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT & GUIDELINE

C. SECURITY DEPOSIT BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT & GUIDELINE

D. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT & GUIDELINE

E. ECS FORMAT FOR BANK PARTICULARS & PAYMENT PROCEDURE

Page 105: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

2

IN-1 GENERAL

IN-101 The word ‘Purchaser’ refers to GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS &

ENGINEERS LIMITED, (GRSE), a Company registered under the

Indian Companies Act 1913 and includes its successors or assigns.

IN-102 The word ‘Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor ’ means the person / firm

/ Company who undertakes to manufacture and / or supply and / or

undertake work of any nature assigned by the Purchaser from time to

time and includes its successors or assigns.

IN-103 The word ‘Owner’ means the person or authority with whom Garden

Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (Purchaser) has contracted to

carry out work in relation to which orders are placed by the Purchaser on

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor under this contract for supply or

manufacture of certain items and would include Department of Defence

Production & Supplies, Ministry of Defence, Government of India, the

Indian Navy, the Coast Guard and any other specified authority.

IN-104 The equipment / products / items to be supplied shall be strictly in

accordance with the Drawings / Specifications / Requirements indicated

in the Tender / Inquiry / Order with deviations, if any, as mutually

accepted.

IN-105 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall not either wholly or partly

sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the rights, liabilities and

obligations under the contract between him and the Purchaser without

prior consent of the Purchaser in writing.

IN-106 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall hold harmless and keep the

Purchaser indemnified against all claims arising as a result of

infringement of any patent / copy rights on account of manufacture, sale

or use of articles covered by the order. A clear & quite possession of

goods should take place with the passing of the title on execution of

order.

IN-107 Any letter, facsimile message, e-mail intimation or notice sent to the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor at the last known address mentioned

in the offer / order shall be deemed to be valid communication for the

purpose of the contract.

IN-108 Governing Jurisdiction and Compliance with Laws

(a) All contracts shall be deemed to have been wholly made in

Kolkata and all claims thereunder are payable in Kolkata City and

it is the distinct condition of the order that no suit or action for the

purpose of enforcing any claim in respect of the order shall be

instituted in any Court other than that situated in Kolkata City,

West Bengal State, India.

(b) The Sub-contractor/Supplier/vendor is warranted that all goods

purchased against the enquiry shall conform with all applicable

city, states & central laws, ordinances and regulations. Further,

the supplier shall indemnify / defend / relieve GRSE harmless

from loss, cost of damage, by reason or any actual or alleged

violation thereof.

(c) GRSE shall not be liable under the workmen’s compensation Act

of 1923, in case any employee or workmen of any contractor

receives injury while actually serving his employer in connection

with the latter’s work inside the compound of GRSE Ltd.

(d) The existing Laws on employment of Child Labor shall be

binding for the contract.

(e) Sub-contractor/Supplier/vendor working at GRSE site , shall have

ESI and PF registration no. of their own and shall ensure

compliance with all provisions of ESI & PF act & rules, failing

which withholding / deductions from Sub-

contractor/Supplier/vendor’s bills /dues as applicable or

termination of the contract will be effected. Sub-

contractor/Supplier/vendor working at GRSE site , are required to

submit evidence showing compliance with ESI & PF formalities

in respect of employees engaged in job of GRSE viz. monthly

challan of ESI deposit, certified copy of half yearly returns

submitted to ESIC, proof of P.F. deposition etc.

(f) Sub-contractor/Supplier/vendor working at GRSE site are

required to comply with all statutory obligations as per Contract

Labour (R & A) Act 1970 and Contract Labour (R & A) Central

Rules 1971 including obtainance /renewal of Labour Licence from

Regional Labour Commissioner (Central) failing which

deductions as applicable from bills / dues of contractor or

termination of the contract may be effected.

(g) All Sub-contractors/Suppliers/vendors engaged in shipbuilding

work are required to obtain registration under the Building and

Other Construction works (RE & CS) Act 1996 & Rules and are

also required to maintain registers & records and submit returns.

IN-109 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall unconditionally and free of

cost to the Purchaser transfer information on technological

developments / innovations / modifications which the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor would evolve in future (within 3 years) in relation to

the supplied equipment. To enable this, the Purchaser’s address shall be

added to the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s mailing list or

database or any other document maintained for dissemination of product

information and the Purchaser shall be informed of the action taken in

this regard. If such improvements / modifications are brought in by the

Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s Design Department in course of

manufacture of equipment ordered by the Purchaser, the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall incorporate such improved versions in the

equipment without any extra cost to the Purchaser.

IN-110 If the Purchaser be desirous of getting incorporated all post supply

modifications / improvements arising out of technological developments

to the original equipment supplied by the Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, shall quote for and carry

out all such modifications to the equipment.

(a) Where the whole or a portion of the equipment has been

specifically developed by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor

for the Owner and the latter would, through the Purchaser, be

bearing the entire or part of the development cost incurred by the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, the design rights for the whole

or portion thereof, of the equipment as appropriate, shall vest in

the Owners.

(b) Prior approval of the Owner should be obtained

before similar articles are sold / supplied to any other party other

than the Owner. If such approval is given and sale is effected, the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall pay to the Owner royalty

at the rate mutually agreed to.

IN-111 Secrecy :

All property (such as materials, drawings, documents etc) issued by the

Purchaser or any other individual or firm on behalf of the Purchaser in

connection with the contract shall remain confidential, being the

property of the Purchaser and the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor

shall undertake to return all such property so issued and will be

responsible for any or all loss thereof and damage thereto resulting from

whatever causes and shall reimburse the Purchaser the full amount of

loss and damage.

All information given to the supplier for the execution of the

order is to be treated as SECRET / CONFIDENTIAL. The Technical

information, Drawings, Specification and other related Documents

forming part of this Enquiry /Order are the property of the Purchaser

and shall not be used for any other purpose except for the execution of

order. Any information / drawing etc. shall not be copied, transcribed,

traced or reproduced in any other form or otherwise in whole / part or

duplicated, modified, divulged and / or disclosed to a third party, not

misused, used in any other form whatsoever without Purchaser’s prior

consent in writing except to the extent required for the execution of this

order. At the time of tendering, the tenderer has to give an undertaking

in favour of GRSE that in the event of any breach of the above

provisions, he would make good of any loss /cost/damage / any other

claim whatsoever preferred by anybody to GRSE in this respect.

IN-112 Preservation :

A detailed procedure for long and short term preservation of the

equipment and periodicity of preservation alongwith special

preservatives, if required, prior to installation of the equipment shall be

furnished by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. The detailed

procedure for de-preservation prior to commissioning shall also be

furnished.

Should any material require any additional preservation till

its final installation / fitment on board the Ship, the materials should be

supplied in preserved (sealed or in cocoons) condition for long duration

of time as per order. Detailed procedures for subsequent de-preservation

/ re-preservation are to be stated by Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

The preserved sealed cases / cocoons will not be opened on

receipt and same will be opened when the first preservation is due or if

required on board earlier. The short fall, discrepancy or damage , if any,

found during the inspection after opening these cases will have to be

replaced / made good by the supplier free of cost within reasonable

period.

IN-113 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall render free of cost guidance

in case the Purchaser intends to set-up testing, repair / maintenance

facility to overhaul the equipment supplied by the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor.

IN-114 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall continue to support the

equipment for a minimum period of 20 years from the date of supply by

making available spare parts and assemblies of the equipment supplied.

Should the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor decides to discontinue the

product, for any reason whatsoever, adequate notice shall be given to the

Purchaser / Owner to enable procurement of the requisite lifetime spares.

IN-115 Purchase preference in respect of equipment / product and or services of

Central Public Enterprises will be applicable for such / similar

Page 106: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

3

equipment / product / services on tender as per extant policy

promulgated by Department of Public Enterprises, Government of India.

IN-116 The Purchaser reserves the right to accept and or reject any or all tenders

and / or to withdraw the tender in toto without assigning any reason

whatsoever.

IN-117 Registration as Approved Vendor :

(a) The Sub-contractor/Supplier/vendor is to confirm whether they

are registered with GRSE as approved Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor under 5-disit Supplier Code and indicate Product Group

Code. If not registered, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor will

have to approach GRSE’s V R Cell for completion of all

formalities for permanent registration with GRSE immediately

after submission of any quotation/offer. Failure to comply to this

requirement will result in rejection of offer and restriction of

further business.

(b) The bidder is to confirm whether they are registered with DGQA

as approved vendor for supply of the category of item as tendered.

If not registered, the bidder is to approach DGQA immediately for

registration after complying with all formalities like capacity

assessment for supply of the required category of equipment /

item within a time frame of 6 weeks from placement of

conditional order, if issued.

IN-118 MOU : Regular suppliers are requested to enter into Memorandum of

Understanding with GRSE as regards Commercial Terms & Conditions

contained in this STACS.

IN-119 Examination of price: Where the contract price has not been fixed in

effective competition and the contract is not for articles whose prices are

controlled, the owner reserves the right to investigate reasonableness of

the price paid and negotiate directly with the sub-

contractor/supplier/vendor for reduction of price where appropriate. The

Owner can also ask for declaration that less basic price is not charged to

other customers including Govt. and PSU.

IN-120 Individuality of contract: In the event of the offer getting converted into

an order, the said order shall be treated as an individual contract, shall

not allow any general lien to the parties and shall not get prejudiced in

execution due to situation arising out of some other contract that the

supplier may have with GRSE.

IN-2. Quotations and Order Acceptance Terms:

IN-201 Tenderer shall pay special attention to the following points. Failure to

comply with these may disqualify the tenderer.

(a) Tender number and due date to be superscribed on all the

envelopes.

(b) Tender to be submitted on or before the due date and time.

(c) Offer to be as per specifications and complying with tender

conditions.

(d) The envelopes to be sealed properly.

IN-202 Unless otherwise stated, the offers shall be in ‘Two Bid System’ only, in

two separately sealed envelopes: -

(a) PART-I - ‘Techno-Commercial Bid’ and marked thus. In

addition, Part-I shall include-

(i) Proforma Price Schedule blanking the prices and indicating

‘Quoted / Not Quoted’ (as applicable against each item on

tender).

(ii) Duties / Taxes, Octroi, freight charges, insurance and/or any

other Statutory levies payable, specifying incidence clearly /

separately against each head.

(iii) The cost incidence against each head clearly indicating for Door

Delivery or F. O. R. or Ex-works alongwith charges for

packing and forwarding.

(iv) Compliance Statement clearly highlighting deviations /

exceptions, if any, to Technical Specifications, Standard Terms

and Conditions of Supply and Specific Tender Conditions.

Non-specifying of deviations against any or all clauses would

be construed as compliance to any / all conditions of tender.

Any deviations to STACS, having financial implications,

would be considered suitably for loading the quoted price.

(STACS Acceptance Format is placed at Annexure 5).

(v) Earnest Money Deposit (interest free) as stipulated in the tender

by way of D.D. / Pay Order / B.G. (as per GRSE format &

guide line at Annx.-1) issued by any scheduled Bank other

than Co – operative Bank to be provided by the bidder /

tenderer in favour of GRSE as per discretion of the Purchaser.

(vi) Copy of ISO 9000 or equivalent Quality System Standards

certificate valid as of date.

(vii) Delivery Schedule.

(viii) IIG Form regarding Codification of Defence Equipment

enclosed with SOR is to be filled -in and submitted. The

same is included as deliverables by the supplier.

(ix) Standard format for data to be provided by OEM as per ILMS

requirement (Integrated Logistic Management System):- As

required by Indian Navy for operation of ILMS successfully at

their end, detail information regarding ILMS compatibility as

per format provided in SOR is to be filled in by OEMs and

submitted to GRSE as part of their contractual obligations and

to be included as deliverables.

(b) PART-II – ‘Price Bid’ - Quotes to be written in figures and

words duly authenticated / signed by the authorised person and

marked thus.

IN-203

(a) Both these sealed envelopes-Part I and Part II, shall be put in a

third envelope duly superscribing the Tender number and Due

Date and sealed properly and deposited as specified in the enquiry

in the securely locked Tender Box kept in the concerned deptt.

(b) Outstation Bidder / Tenderer shall forward their offers addressed

to concerned Authority either by courier service or by speed post

so as to reach well in advance of the due date of tender or by hand

delivery before due date and time of tender closing. Purchaser

shall not be responsible for any postal / courier delay and it is

attributable solely to the tenderer.

(c) Offer in “Two Bid System” received by fax / e-mail and / or

offers received beyond due date and time of tender is liable to be

rejected.

IN-204

(a) The price per ‘Ship set’ shall be quoted and breakup price of

individual items of equipment and its accessories must be clearly

stated.

(b) The cost incidence against each head shall be clearly indicated

for –

- Door delivery

- F. O. R.

- Ex-Works - with charges for packing

and forwarding

(c) The offer shall indicate the discounted price, if more than one

shipset is ordered.

(d) The offer shall clearly indicate the Foreign Exchange content, if

any, and base Exchange Rate and cut off date for Import. If any

item/s is / are required to be imported by the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor for use in the manufacture of final product,

Import Licence for such product/s is to be arranged by him only.

(e) The vendor/supplier/sub-contractor shall indicate the bill of

materials for intended import for incorporation in order. The

purchaser shall issue Customs Duty Exemption Certificate on

receipt of request from the vendor/supplier/sub-contractor along

with the copies of bill of lading and invoice. The price advantage

for Customs Duty Exemption will be passed on to the purchaser.

(f) The purchaser reserves the right to investigate the

reasonableness of the price and ask the vendor/supplier/sub-

contractor for detail break up of their cost.

IN-205

(a) The offer shall be valid for 90 days for acceptance and the prices

shall remain firm and fixed until delivery of the full quantity of

the goods in the Purchaser’s Yard. If not, the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall indicate the period during which the

quoted price shall remain valid for supply of the equipment /

article contracted for.

Should the Purchaser desire postponement of delivery of

the equipment / article within or beyond validity date of the

offer, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall indicate –

(i) The date by which such communication must be

received by him for deferring delivery without any

financial implication to the Purchaser,

and

(ii) Terms and conditions for effecting

postponement of delivery beyond the price

validity period.

(b) Purchaser reserves the right to consider placement of Purchase

Order in part or in full against the tendered quantity.

IN-206 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall inform the Purchaser in

advance in case he is unable to participate in the tender for whatsoever

reason. Failure to comply with this will be viewed seriously and

consecutive three failures on the part of Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor to do so is liable for disqualification / debarring of the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor from all future tender enquiries and or

delisting from the list of ‘Approved Registered Vendors.’

IN-207 Spares:

Page 107: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

4

(a) Offers for Testing and tuning / commissioning spares shall be

supplied along with the main equipment, as specified in the

requisition.

(b) The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendors offer shall include a list

of manufacturer’s recommended spares together with itemised

prices for

One year uninterrupted operation – validity of

offer shall be a minimum for 90 days.

Five year operation – validity of offer shall be a

minimum for 180 days. (Minimum order quantity

against each item, if applicable, may also be

stated.)

(c) While the spares for one year are ordered by the Purchaser, the

spares for 5 years Operation will be ordered by the Owners or

Purchaser. In case of 5 years operation spares, the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall indicate a base price applicable to the year

of quotation and indicate an acceptable annual escalation formula

based on which prices for future requirements could be

established during the life cycle of the equipment in service.

(d) In the event of inability to make an offer for these spares at the

time of quoting for main equipment, the Sub-contractor / Supplier

/ Vendor shall commit a date by which such an offer can be made

and adhere to it. Non-receipt of offer as committed will render the

order for main equipment liable for cancellation without notice

from the purchaser and without any financial implication to the

Purchaser.

IN-208 Tenders will be opened on the specified date and time in the concerned

department. Only authorised representatives of tenderers are permitted to

witness the Part I tender opening for Press tenders only. Tender opening

shall neither be delayed nor withheld / postponed on account of absence

of any one or more Tenderers. All the envelopes marked as ‘PRICE

BID’ received at the time of Tender opening will be noted and held

unopened separately.

IN-209 Authorised representatives of only technically qualified tenderers, in

case of Press Tenders only, who have submitted EMD as applicable, and

complied with tender terms, will only be permitted to be present and

note the proceedings of the Price Bid - Part II opening in a manner as

directed by the tender opening officers. Qualifying tenderers not present

during price bid opening will not be furnished with information on

prices at a later date. EMD of unsuccessful tenderers will be refunded /

returned within 30 days of finalisation of order on surrendering the

Original copy of Money Receipt and upon instruction of Purchaser.

EMD, if not claimed within one year from the date of notification to the

tenderer for refund, will be forfeited.

IN-210 With the acceptance of the successful bidder’s offer by the Purchaser,

which is as per the Terms and Conditions of the tender, by means of

LOA / Purchase Order, the Contract is concluded.

The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall, on receipt of the

order, communicate his unconditional acceptance within two weeks of

from the date of mailing / receipt of the same in its entirety by returning

a copy of the Purchase Order duly signed by the authorised person and

without any qualification. Communicating acceptance of the order

subject to any other terms and conditions of the contract on the part of

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall not bind the Purchaser in

respect of these conditions which are less favourable to the Purchaser as

compared with the conditions mutually agreed to and / or stipulated in

the order. It shall be the responsibility of the Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor to enumerate specifically any error or discrepancy in the order at

the time of acceptance. Failure to do so shall make the order binding on

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor in all respects.

Any delay in acknowledging the receipt of the Purchase Order

within the specified time limit or any qualification or modification of the

Purchase Order in the acknowledgement of the Purchase Order by the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall be a breach of the contract on

the part of Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. Compensation for the loss

caused by the breach will be recovered by the Purchaser by forfeiting the

Earnest Money, given by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. If the

Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vender’s bid contains any condition and

any correspondence which are contrary to the Notice Inviting Tender

(NIT) then they shall be considered as superseded and void on the

acceptance of the bid by the Purchaser.

Recovery of compensation by the Purchaser from the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor by forfeiting the Earnest Money shall be

regarded as cancellation of the contract which has come in to existence

on the acceptance of the offer by the Purchaser.

IN-211 Security Deposit (Interest free) :

The successful Tenderer shall submit a Security Deposit as specified in

the tender in the form of Demand Draft / Pay Order / Bank Guarantee

(as per GRSE format & guide lines at Annex-2) issued by any scheduled

Bank other than Co-operative Banks in favour of Purchaser. The

Security Deposit will be returned only after the successful execution of

the order. In the event of failure to execute the order satisfactorily or

default by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, the Security Deposit

will be forfeited.

IN-212 Unless otherwise specified in the ‘Statement of Requirement’ /

‘Technical specifications for Procurement’, the supply shall include one

set of reproducible Velographs stamped ‘Approved’ by the Inspecting

Authority, micro-films, floppies / CDs and six sets of paper prints. It

shall also include 15 sets each of the Operation / Maintenance Manuals,

Part Identification List, Comprehensive Part List, Test Certificates /

Shop Trial reports etc. of the article/s supplied.

IN-3.0 Packing, Shipping, Insurance & Freight details and Delivery:

IN-301 Identification of Deliverables And Penalty For Non-

Compliance:

(a) The Supplier on receipt of Purchase Order and by a date not

later than 8 weeks from receipt of P.O., shall list out and confirm

all deliverables including Main Equipment, Accessories, On

Board Spares, Tools, Technical Documentations and other items.

Each item shall have the firm’s part no. and break up price. The

same is required essentially for incorporating GRSE material code

nos. into the Purchase Orders and computer systems. In the event

of delay in submission of the required details penalty @ ½% per

week or part thereof upto the maximum of 5% of total value of all

deliverables, shall be levied on the Supplier.

GRSE shall issue amendment to Purchase Orders

incorporating the details receipt from the Supplier with GRSE

Code numbers , individual prices etc. in advance of contractual

delivery. While despatching the Supplier shall identify each item

with GRSE code no. and the firm’s part number. Packing list

should indicate all deliverable items specially mentioning/

mounted on main equipment or loose items. Each item should be

identified with metallic or plastic tag indicating both GRSE code

no. and firm’s part no. In case of any deviation, GRSE shall not be

in any way responsible for delay in issue of receipt inspection

report and payment.

All OBS are to be PIP packed. OBS and tools are to be

supplied in separate boxes with clear identification and part

numbers in metallic or plastic tag. Supplier’s rep. is required

during receipt inspection of loose items, accessories, spares and

tools for easy identification and detection of shortfall.

(b) All material shall be strongly and securely packed for shipment /

transportation as applicable in minimum cubic space in such a

manner as to prevent damage and pilferage in transit from point of

shipment to final destination. Metal parts wherever necessary

shall be well slushed with preservatives to prevent rusting in

transit. Should it be proved that loss and damage has arisen from

inadequate packing, the losses shall be borne by Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor. Each packing shall be plainly marked and

numbered upon four sides and the top thereof as directed in the

Purchase Order. Letters and numbers shall be atleast 80 mms.

high wherever possible. Packing should indicate Case No., Order

No., Gross Weight in Kgs., Nett Weight in Kgs. and outside

dimensions LxWxH (The information on outside dimensions and

weight shall be furnished to Purchaser atleast one (1) month prior

to shipment / despatch). No marking other than as directed shall

be inscribed on the said packages.

(c) Every package shall contain a packing list in triplicate and the

order number, package number, number of cases in the

consignment, description and quantity of each item packed shall

be clearly shown in the packing list. The description and quantity

of each item shall tally with that specified in the order, wherever

applicable.

IN-302 Insurance:

IN-302.1 In cases where the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s offers are for

‘Free Delivery to Purchaser’s Yard,’ transit Insurance charges shall be

borne by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

IN-302.2 In case of Ex-works / Ex-Transporter’s warehouse or Railway godown

offers, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall give details of

materials with despatch particulars and their value to Purchaser

immediately after the despatch. The Insurance Charges will be borne by

Purchaser.

IN-303 Storage and Demurrage will be claimed from the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor for all shipments that reach the purchaser without

proper despatch documentations, Lorry Receipts not accompanied by

packing lists, invoices etc. The Sub-contractor/ Supplier/ Vendor shall

be responsible for fines due to errors or omissions in description, weight

or measurements and for increased handling charges due to improper

packing. Demurage, if any, due to wrong/non-availability of shipping

documents will borne by supplier/vendor.

Page 108: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

5

IN-304 Where so stipulated in the order, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor

shall render such reports from time to time as regards the progress of the

contract and in such a form as may be called for by the Purchaser. The

Purchaser reserves the right to cancel the order forthwith without any

financial implications on either side, if on completion of 50% of the

scheduled delivery period the progress of manufacture is not to the

satisfaction of Purchaser / Owner and failure on the part of the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor to comply with the delivery schedule is

inevitable. In such an event the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall

repay all the advances together with interest at prevailing bank rates

from the date of receipt of such advances till date of repayment. The title

of any property delivered to Purchaser will be reverted to the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor at his cost.

IN-305 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall arrange despatch of goods

by Rail / Road consigned to GRSE through GRSE nominated

transporter.. An Advance Copy of the invoice along with copies of other

relevant documents shall be forwarded to Purchaser sufficiently in

advance to avoid demurrage. In case of door delivery contracts, the

Transporter shall be directed to deliver the ordered equipment without

insisting for consignee copy of Lorry Receipt.

However, for manufacture of Naval Ships under Cost plus

Contracts, GRSE is acting in the capacity of an Agent since Purchase

Orders are issued by GRSE on behalf of Indian Navy under MOD, Govt.

of India. Accordingly, in case of orders for supply to Naval Ships under

cost plus contract, despatch document (challan / Consignment Note etc)

and Invoice should be marked with the words “GRSE A/C INDIAN

NAVY”.

IN-306

(a) The binding drawings called for as per the ‘S. O. R.’ / ‘T. S. P.’ or the Purchase Order shall be supplied within stipulated time

frame as indicated in the Purchase Order, free of cost. Failure to

comply may lead to cancellation of Purchase Order without any

financial implications to the Purchaser.

(b) The drawings shall be submitted to Inspecting Authority and or

DGQA / NSM / GRSE / Classification Society, as appropriate, as

specified in the Order. The onus of getting the drawings approved

within the stipulated time frame shall lie with the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor.

(c) Wherever applicable, pilot sample shall be submitted to the

authorities within the stipulated time as specified in the Order.

(d) In case of patternised items the vendor/supplier/sub-contractor

must confirm that the relevant drawings are held by them and no

waiver of contractual terms of order shall be considered for non-

performance on this account.

(e) For repeat orders, unless otherwise some changes in design had

taken place, fresh approval of drawings will not be required if the

same has already been approved. Supplier/vendor/sub-contractor

shall go ahead with manufacture of the items which are already

developed for same / deferment ships for Navy based on earlier

approved drawings. Immediately on receipt of order,

Supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall submit 6 copies of drawings

for stamping and distribution.

IN-4.0 Guarantee / Warranty

IN-401 The equipment/materials are to be guaranteed/warranted for satisfactory

performance for the period of 12 months from the date of satisfactory

commissioning of the vessel on which the equipment/materials/items are

installed OR for the period of 36 months from the date of final dispatch,

whichever expires earlier, against improper design, defective materials

and faulty workmanship. During guarantee/warrantee period any

equipment or component thereof supplied by the vendor/sub-contractor,

suffers due to defective material and or due to improper design and or

due to defective drawing or due to faulty workmanship the vendor/sub

contractor will assume full responsibility of rectification of such

defective equipment or component thereof including direct expenses

related to removal and re-positioning of the replacement/repaired

equipment or component thereof and subsequent test & trial, incurred

thereon without any financial implication to GRSE.

In the event Purchaser/Owner desires to have extension of

Guarantee/Warranty period beyond the stipulated period, as above, the

vendor/sub-Contractor/supplier shall quote for the same on monthly

basis for the period of such extension.

IN-402 If the defects intimated during the Guarantee period are not remedied

within a reasonable / stipulated time, the Purchaser may proceed to

rectify the defects at the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor’s risk and

cost, but without prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may

have against the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor in respect of the

failure of the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor to remedy such defects.

IN-403 Inspection and approval of the equipment or material by the Inspecting

Authority/ies does not absolve the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor of

the responsibility of guarantee for the equipment / material. It will be the

sole responsibility of the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor to ensure

that the equipment / material supplied is complete in all respects and

performs to its / their designed parameters.

IN-404 In the event of Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s failure to attend

the Guarantee defects within a reasonable period of time, the

Performance Bank Guarantee will be encashed by the Purchaser. The

Purchaser’s decision shall be final and binding on Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor in this regard.

IN-405 Issues/Defects related to Guarantee/Warranty shall have to be liquidated

at the location of vessel and as desired by the Purchaser / Owner.

IN-5.0 Quality Certification:

IN-501 Purchase preference will be considered in case the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor is accredited with ISO 9000: 2000 or equivalent

International Quality System Standards in respect of equipment /

Products and or items on tender.

IN-502 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall submit as proof, in Part-I of

the bid documents, a copy of ISO 9000: 2000 or equivalent International

Quality System Standards certificate valid as of date.

IN-503 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall preferably engage sub-

contractors and avail supplies from suppliers with prior approval of

Purchaser and such sub-contractors and suppliers shall also be accredited

with ISO 9000: 2000 or equivalent International Quality System

Standards.

IN-504 In the event the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor is not being ISO

9000: 2000 accredited firm, the fact shall clearly be stated and the

Quality Assurance / Quality Control organisation of the company be

described in detail. Pursuant to scrutiny of such statement /

documentation, the Purchaser may decide to accept the offer with pre-

conditions specified for acceptance or reject the bid submitted.

IN-6.0 Terms of Payment:

IN-601

(a) Unless or otherwise mutually agreed upon and stipulated in the

Purchase Order, the terms of payment shall be 90% of Order value

within 45 days from the date of receipt inspection and acceptance

of material and presentation of bill supported with complete set of

documents as under: -

(i) Seven copies of signed invoice indicating Vendor Code Number

and itemwise price (indicating GRSE material code no. if in

the order) alongwith packing lists. In case of orders for

supplies to Naval Ships, invoice should be marked with the

words “GRSE A/C INDIAN NAVY” for cost plus contract,

as detailed in para IN- 305. However in case of fixed cost

contract , Invoice will be in the name of GRSE.

(ii) Warranty Certificate in triplicate.

(iii) 3 copies of Manufacturer’s Works Test Certificate.

(iv) 3 copies of Certificate of Inspection and approval from LRS /

IRS / ABS / DQA (WP) / DQAN / CQAE / WOT / GRSE

(whichever is applicable).

(v) 3 copies of GRSE’s unqualifying Inspection Cum Goods

Receipt Note (ICGRN)

(vi) Complete set of Classification / On board spares as per the

Purchase Order.

(vii) Complete set of operation / Maintenance / Instruction

Manuals as per the Purchase Order and also in Electronic

Medium.

(viii) Complete set of Parts Identification List / Comprehensive

Parts List as per the Purchase Order and also in Electronic

Medium.

(ix) Complete set of “As fitted” drawing and reproducible

drawings.

(x) Quotations for B & D spares for (a) 2 years operation and (b) 5

years operation.

(xi) IIG Forms duly filled in.

(xii) Standard Format for data provided by OEM as per ILMS

requirement (Integrated Logistic Management System).

All the documents shall clearly indicate the GRSE’s Purchase

Order No. and date.

(b) Balance 10% will be released after G.P. or against

submission of PBG for equivalent amount (as per GRSE format &

guidelines at Annex-3) valid till G.P.

Issue of GRN : For materials received at GRSE without

Inspection report of 3rd party, GRN will be issued to Local

supplier for their submission of bill with GRN. But for materials

received at GRSE with 3rd party Inspection report

Page 109: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

6

received from outstation suppliers, balance payment bill is to

be submitted by suppliers with copy of clear & accepted ICGRN

for further linking by Corporate Finance with GRN for

processing balance payment.

(c) Payment may be made to the vendors through Electronic

Clearing System (ECS). Vendors are to furnish requisite

documents / information on receipt of the order. (ECS Format

for Bank Particulars and Payment Procedure enclosed at Annex.-

6)

(d) In special cases and /or for development equipment where

advance / stage payment is specified in order, all such payments

shall be made against Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount in

GRSE format valid till receipt and acceptance of material. No

advance payment shall, however, be claimed without submission

of binding drawing to Approving Authority. The advance

payment may be released in stages depending upon the progress

of work and mobilization of required equipments etc.

(e) All advance payments should be interest bearing. Penal

interest is to be charged on the advance in case of delay in

delivery of supplies beyond the agreed schedule. Amount of

Advance & Rate of interest will be decided by the Management /

TC as appropriate.

(f) Where order is cancelled and advance payments already

released to the contractor, the contractor shall refund all such

advance payments received to GRSE with prevailing Bank

interests and GRSE shall also have the right to recover the amount

from outstanding dues to the Contractor against any other

Purchase Orders placed by GRSE.

(g) Works Contract : In case of works contract following

payment terms shall be followed:-

(i) Material Portion :

75% payment against despatch document, 15%

payment against receipt & acceptance of material and

balance 10 % will be released after G.P. or against

PBG for equivalent amount valid till G.P.

(ii) Labour Portion :

90% payment on job completion and certification.

Balance 10% will be released after G.P. or against

PBG for equivalent amount valid till G.P.

OR

Where unit rate is mentioned , 90% payment

progressively on job completion and Certification.

Balance 10% will be released after G.P. or against

PBG for equivalent amount valid till G.P.

(h) If GRSE material code no. & itemised price is not

incorporated in the order, supplier will submit detailed list of

items (separately deliverables) and price break-up latest within 6

weeks of receipt of order to enable GRSE amend the order

indicating material code no. of each item with its price. All

Invoices, Packing list etc should invariably indicate GRSE

material code no. against each item for recording receipt and issue

of ICGRN as well as for processing payment.

IN-602.1 Octroi Duty at present is not applicable in West Bengal. However,

Octroi Duty if applicable, at a later date, will be re-imbursed by

Purchaser at actuals against submission of ‘Original Octroi paid money

receipt’ and copy of Form ‘B’. Octroi receipts are to be issued in the

name of ‘GARDEN REACH SHIP BUILDERS & ENGINEERS LTD.’ only.

IN-602.2 Way Bill – In West Bengal, Way Bill is to be issued for entry of

materials from outside the state. GRSE will issue the Way Bill on

submission of copy of Invoice and Consignment Note. Consignment

Note should be in the name of GRSE.

In case of Transit Sale, the name of the Consignors (other than

seller) are to be mentioned in the P.O. and Consignment Note will be in

the name of GRSE as consignee.

IN-603 The Sales Tax Registration Number and Central Sales Tax Number,

Service Tax Number, as applicable, are to be quoted on all invoices.

Invoices shall be accompanied by a certificate to the effect that the Sub-

contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s registration certificate was in force

on the day the sale was effected.

IN-604 Unless otherwise stated Excise Duty, Sales Tax and any other statutory

levies will be payable extra at actuals. However, the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall submit the proof of having paid the duties /

levies along with the Invoices / Bills.

In case of orders for supplies to Naval vessels, Excise Duty

exemption certificate issued by Indian Navy will be provided on

readiness of items for despatch & GRSE is to be intimated by supplier /

vendor / sub-contractor regarding readiness of items at least a month

before despatch. Such exemption certificates shall be issued to Sub-

contractors / Sub-vendors of Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor on

whom Purchaser had placed a Purchase Order.

IN-604.1 For supplies from States outside the state of West Bengal, Declaration

Form “C” or “D” as applicable will be issued to the supplier for

concessional rate of Sales Tax . In case of sale within the state of West

Bengal, W.B.S.T. Form will be issued for concessional rate of Sales

Tax.

IN-604.2 Declaration Form can be issued to suppliers in case of transit sale, i.e.

transfer of documents during the period of transit of the materials to

obtain Sales Tax benefit.

Invoice shall clearly indicate cost incidentals against each head,

as applicable:

Basic Cost, Excise Duty, Packing & forwarding charges, Central / State

Sales Tax, Service Tax, Freight, Insurance, etc.

IN-605 Payment made under one order shall not be assigned or adjusted to any

other order except to the extent agreed upon in writing by the Purchaser.

During the currency of the contract, if any sum of money is payable by

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor the same shall be deducted from

any sum then due or thereafter may become due to the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor under the contract or any other contract with the

Purchaser.

IN-606 Works Contract Tax, wherever applicable, will have to be borne by Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor. In addition, Employees State Insurance

premium, Provident Fund, Service Tax and other statutory dues of

workers deployed at Purchaser’s premises by Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor will have to be borne by him. In case of Works Contract Form

58 or 59 as applicable is to be submitted by the vendor/supplier/sub-

contractor.

IN-607 Liquidated Damages / Risk Purchase:

IN-607.1 In the event that-

(a) Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (SELLER) fails to deliver the

equipment / product or documentation meeting the requirement of

the Purchase Order on or before the dates specified, or

(b) the equipment / product when tested in accordance with the

performance requirement of the Purchase Order, fails to meet

those performance parameters, the buyer (Purchaser) will suffer

damages in an amount that is not susceptible to calculation with

reasonable certainty. Therefore, any Liquidated Damages set forth

in the Purchase Order represent a reasonable determination of the

amount of damages that the Purchaser will suffer, and are not in

the way of penalties. Seller hereby waives any defence to

Purchaser’s recovery of such Liquidated Damages on the plea that

actual damages are ascertainable or that such Liquidated Damages

do not represent a reasonable determination of damages suffered

by Purchaser or are penalties.

IN-607.2 Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller) will be liable to pay

Liquidated Damages for late delivery of Products, Manuals, Drawings

and Documentation as stated in the Purchase Order. Unless otherwise

expressly specified, the rate of Liquidated Damages for late delivery

shall be at the rate of 0.5% of the total order value per week or part

thereof of delay upto a maximum of 5% of the total order value. Such

Liquidated Damages shall be deducted by the Purchaser from any

monies due to Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller). Payments

made by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller) of Liquidated

Damages shall be in addition to any other remedies (other than any other

remedy for the recovery of damages) available to the Purchaser,

including without limitation the remedy of cancellation of Order for

default.

IN-607.3 Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller) will be liable to pay

Liquidated Damages for late submission of Drawings for approval as

agreed to by Purchaser and Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller)

and as stated in the Purchase Order. The amount of such damages will

be clearly defined in the Purchase Order and may extend upto 5% of the

Order value.

IN-607.3.1 Drawings submitted by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller)

will be the property of Indian Navy.

IN-607.4 If the equipment / article or any portion thereof be not delivered by the

scheduled delivery date, the Purchaser shall be at liberty, without

prejudice to the right of the Purchaser to recover Liquidated Damages /

Page 110: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

7

penalty as provided for in these conditions or to any other remedy for

breach of contract, to terminate the contract either wholly or to the

extent of such default. Amounts advanced or part thereof corresponding

to the undelivered supply shall be recoverable from the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor at the prevailing bank rate of interest .

IN-607.5 The Purchaser shall be at liberty to purchase, manufacture or supply

from stock as it deems fit, other articles of the same or similar

description to make good such default and or in the event of the contract

being terminated, the balance of the articles of the remaining to be

delivered thereunder. Any excess over the purchase price, cost of

manufacture or value of any articles supplied from the stock, as the case

may be, over the contract price shall be recoverable from the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

IN-607.6 In case of unsatisfactory progress of supply at any point of time after

placement of order GRSE reserve the right to cancel the order without

assigning any reason and to procure the ordered material from any

alternative source at your complete risk and cost.

GRSE also reserves the right to cancel the order forthwith without any

financial implications on either side if upon lapse of 50% of the

scheduled delivery time the progress of manufacture is not up to the

satisfaction of GRSE/Owner and the failure on the part of the sub-

contractor/ supplier/vendor to conform to the delivery schedule is

inevitable.

IN-608 Submission of Bills to SLP Section (Corporate Finance/GRSE)

The bills presently submitted to SLP Section by vendors for purchase

orders placed by NCM / Purchase Department in respect of “SHIP

DIVISION ONLY” will now be deposited in the Box kept at the

entrance of the Corporate Finance Department (in front of Pantry). All

suppliers are requested to drop their bills in sealed cover in the Box

earmarked for, effective from 01st April,2002.

Computer generated acknowledgement for the bills dropped

during the previous day may be collected in the next working day from

the Central Despatch Section, except Saturday.

Corporate Finance (SLP Section) will forward the computer

generated receipts to Central Despatch Department by 11-00 hrs.

everyday.

The supplier should ensure that all the bills are kept in a separate

envelope orderwise and also mention their vendor code number for easy

identification and registration. All enclosures are also be firmly fixed

with the bills and no responsibility will be taken by the SLP Section for

alleged missing of documents. Bank Guarantee must be submitted

separately in sealed closed cover of the Bank to the SLP Section AND

NOT TO BE ENCLOSED WITH BILL.

For payment through ECS, bills will be deposited in the Box

kept at the entrance of Corporate Finance Dept. as elaborated above.

ECS Format of Bank particulars and Payment Procedure are enclosed at

Annexure – 6 reference Clause IN 601(c) above.

IN-7.0 Quality Assurance, Inspection ,Testing and Commissioning

Assistance:

IN-701 The equipment will be inspected by one or more agencies indicated

below and an inspection certificate(s) shall accompany the equipment.

Statutory : M. M. D. or N. M. D.

Regulatory : Classification Society–L.R.S./A.B.S/D.N.V/ I.R.S. etc.

Specification: Survey, DQA(WP)/DQAN/CQAE, Classification

Society.

Others: Owners, W. P. S. (KOLKATA), GRSE

IN-702 The articles to be supplied shall be strictly in accordance with the

drawings/specification/statement of requisition (SOR) / samples

indicated in the order.

IN-703 The supplier /vendor/sub-contractor shall not sell, transfer, assign or

otherwise dispose off the rights, liabilities and obligations under the

contract without the previous consent of the purchaser in writing.

IN-704 The articles shall be subject to Inspection and Quality Assurance by QA

Authorities or their agents (Inspecting Officer) as specified in the order.

The supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall give 30 days’ notice for

inspection and will make necessary arrangements / provide necessary

facilities to inspectors / nominated agency to carry out inspection /

testing during course of manufacture/final inspection and testing as

required. Formal Inspection Certificates will be issued by the relevant

QA Authorities /Agents.

IN-705 Immediately on receipt of order the supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall

get in touch with the Inspection Authority and submit Quality Assurance

Plan. Exact scope, stages and parameters of inspection and test schedule

shall be as per QA Plan duly approved by the QA Authority. All charges

for inspection shall be borne by the suppliers/vendors/sub-contractor.

IN-706 Receipt Inspection shall be carried out by GRSE/Indian Navy/Owner’s

representative at GRSE yard as applicable. Receipt Inspection of on-

board spares (OBS) will be carried out by Quality Assurance (QA) dept.

of GRSE and thereafter, the same will be mustered & handed over to

ship as & when required. Joint inspection along with supplier/vendor’s

representative shall be carried out for major items.

For materials supplied with long term preservation in sealed

cases / cocoons, receipt inspection will be followed as per

PRESERVATION at Cl. IN-112 above.

IN-707 The price should be inclusive of inspection/approval/certification cost to

meet the relevant requirement of the technical specification. This should

also include the cost of furnishing shock calculations and type test

results wherever applicable.

IN-708 The supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall furnish all relevant Inspection

Certificates and Test & Guarantee Certificates along with each

consignment and copies of same in triplicate shall also be mailed /

forwarded to GRSE immediately on despatch of articles. The

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall also provide 3 copies of weighed

Weight Certificate for items supplied.

IN-709 The decision of the inspecting authority or his agent, as the case may be,

on any question of the intent, meaning and the scope of specifications /

standards shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor.

IN-710 REPLACEMENT FOR REJECTION :

(a) Should the articles, or any portion thereof be rejected, the

contractor shall collect the same from the purchaser’s yard within

15 days from the date of intimation of such rejection to the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor and replace/rectify the same on top

priority basis. Before collection of rejected items the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall furnish Bank Guarantee/Bank

Draft of equivalent amount or accept GRSE holding back

payment of their qualifying bills of equivalent amount till

deficiencies are made good. The purchaser reserve the right to

dispose off the rejected items at the end of a total period of 90

days in a manner to the best advantage to the purchaser and

recover storage charges and any consequential damages, from sale

proceeds of such disposal. Rejection of materials and also the late

delivery will affect further business with GRSE.

(b) The guarantee period of replaced parts /items shall however be

reckoned from the date of replacement.

(c) If the defects are not remedied within a reasonable/stipulated

time, the purchaser may proceed to rectify the defects at the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor’s risk & cost but without prejudice

to any other rights which the purchaser may have against the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor in respect of their failure to

remedy such defects.

IN-711 The services of the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s Engineers

shall be provided free of cost till Guarantee period / extended Guarantee

period as required by the Purchaser to assist / supervise the installation,

setting to work, commissioning of the equipment supplied by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

IN-712 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall provide the requisite

training for the Purchaser’s / Owner’s Personnel at Sub-contractor’s /

Supplier’s / Vendor’s/ GRSE’s premises or on board the vessel where

the equipment is installed, in respect of the equipment received from the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. The cost of travelling, lodging,

boarding etc. shall be borne as mutually agreed to and detailed in the

order.

IN-713 The services of the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s Engineers

shall be provided free of cost as required by the Purchaser to

assist/supervise the installation, setting to work, commissioning, harbour

and sea trials of the equipment supplied by the Sub-contractor / Supplier

/ Vendor for the periods as mutually agreed upon and as per the terms

and conditions of the order.

Should the Purchaser / Owner desire to avail services beyond the

free service periods available against the contract, the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall quote for the same on hourly / daily rate basis

along with other terms and conditions, if any.

IN-714 Conditions of tests and inspection requirements, if not held by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor are to be obtained from the Inspection

Authority. Any / all other technical clarifications may be obtained from

Inspection Authority directly, under intimation to Purchaser.

IN-715 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall accord all facilities to

Purchaser’s Inspectors / Nominated Agency to carry out Inspection /

Testing during course of manufacture / final testing.

Page 111: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

8

IN-8.0 Miscellaneous:

IN-801 Force Majeure (as vetted by Min. of Law) : -

Should any force majeure circumstances arise, each of the contracting

party shall be excused for the non fulfilment or for the delayed

fulfilment of any of its contractual obligations, if the affected party

within 15 days of its occurrence informs the other party in writing.

Force majeure shall mean fires, floods, natural calamities or

other acts such as war, turmoils, strikes (as not limited to be

establishment of the seller), sabotage, explosions, quarantine restrictions

beyond the control of either party.

It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that the

rights and obligations of the parties shall be deemed to be in suspension

during the continuance of the force majeure event as aforesaid and the

said rights and obligations shall automatically revive upon the cessation

of the intervening force majeure event. The period within which the

rights and obligations of the parties shall be in suspension due to force

majeure event shall not be considered as a delay with respect to the

period of delivery and / or acceptance of delivery under the contract or

otherwise to the detriment of either party.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately foregoing

clauses it is further understood and agreed between the parties hereto

that in the event of any force majeure persisting for an uninterrupted

period exceeding 6 (six) months, either party hereto reserves the right to

terminate this contract upon giving prior written notice of 30 (thirty)

days to the other party of the intention to terminate without any liability

other than reimbursement on the terms provided in this agreement for

the goods received.

IN-802 Arbitration:

Any dispute / differences between the parties arising out of and

in connection with the contract shall be settled amicably by mutual

negotiations. CMD/GRSE will be the Arbitrator. However Unresolved

disputes/ differences, if any, shall be settled by Arbitration and the

arbitration proceedings shall be conducted at Kolkata (India) in English

language, under the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

If, at any time, before, during or after the contract period,

any unsettled claim, question, dispute or difference arises between the

parties, upon or in relation to or in connection with or in any way

touching or concerning this tender / agreement / supply order (retain

whichever is applicable) the same shall be referred to the Chairman &

Managing Director ( ‘CMD’ in short) or the Managing Director (‘MD’ in short), as the case may be of Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers

Ltd. (GRSE Ltd’ in short ) for adjudication of the said disputes or

differences, as Sole Arbitrator, in accordance with the provisions of the

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

The CMD or MD, GRSE Ltd. if he so desires, may nominate /

appoint another officer of GRSE Ltd. or a person, whom he thinks fit

and competent, for adjudication of the disputes or differences, referred

to him as the Sole Arbitrator.

Such arbitration shall, in all respects, be conducted in

accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act,

1996 and the rules framed thereunder or any statutory modification or

re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

The Award of the Sole Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and

binding upon the parties.

In the event of the death or resignation for any reason

whatsoever of the said Sole Arbitrator, appointed by the said CMD or

MD of GRSE Ltd., the CMD or MD of GRSE Ltd., on an application

from either of the parties in this behalf, shall act himself as the Sole

Arbitrator or nominate / appoint, in place of the outgoing Arbitrator,

another officer of GRSE Ltd. or a person whom he thinks fit and

competent to adjudicate the said disputes and differences in accordance

with law.

Also in the event of an arbitration award is set aside by a

competent court on an application from either party and unless otherwise

ordered by the said court, the CMD or MD of GRSE Ltd., on an

application from either party, shall himself act as Sole Arbitrator or

nominate / appoint another officer of GRSE Ltd. or a person whom he

thinks fit and competent to adjudicate the disputes and differences in

accordance with law.

The cost of the arbitration, fees of the arbitrator, remuneration of

the stenographer and clerk, stamp paper etc., as shall be decided by the

Sole Arbitrator, shall be shared equally by the parties. The venue of

arbitration, unless otherwise decided by the parties or by the Sole

Arbitrator himself, shall be the premises of Garden Reach Shipbuilders

& Engineers Ltd. located at 43/46, Garden Reach Road, Kolkata 700

024.

IN-803 Indemnification:

The Sub-contractor/Supplier/Vendor, his employees, licencees, agents or

Sub-Vendor / Sub-contractor, while on site of the Purchaser for the

purpose of this contract, shall indemnify the Purchaser against direct

damage and / or injury to the property and/ or the person of the

Purchaser or that of Purchaser’s employees, agents, Sub-Contractors /

Suppliers occurring and to the extent caused by the negligence of the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, his employees, licencees, agents or

Sub-contractor by making good such damages to the property, or

compensating personal injury and the total liability for such damages or

injury shall be as mutually discussed and agreed to.

IN-804 Use of Undue Influence / Corrupt Practices:

(a) The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor should give an

undertaking that he has not given, offered or promised to give,

directly or indirectly any gift, consideration, reward, commission,

fees, brokerage or inducement to any person in service of the

Purchaser or otherwise in procuring the contract or forbearing to

do or for having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the

obtaining or execution of the Contract with the Purchaser for

showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavour to any person

in relation to the Contract or any other Contract with the

Purchaser. Any breach of the aforesaid undertaking by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor or any one employed by him or

acting on his behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor) or the commission of any

offence by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor or any one

employed by him or acting on his behalf, as defined in Chapter IX

of the Indian Penal Code, 1980 or the Prevention of Corruption

Act, 1947 or any other Act enacted for the prevention of

corruption shall entitle the Purchaser to cancel the contract and all

or any other contracts with the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor

and recover from the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor the

amount of any loss arising from such cancellation. A decision of

the Purchaser or his nominee to the effect that a breach of the

undertaking has been committed shall be final and binding on the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

(b) The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall not offer or agree

to give any person in the employment of Purchaser any gift or

consideration of any kind as “Inducement” or “reward” for doing

or forbearing to do or for having done or foreborne to do any act

in relation to the obtaining or execution of the contract/s. Any

breach of the aforesaid condition by the Sub-contractor / Supplier

/ Vendor or any one employed by them or acting on their behalf

(whether with or without the knowledge of the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor) or the commission of any offence by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor or by any one employed by them or

acting on their behalf which shall be punishable under the Indian

Penal Code 1980 or the Prevention of Corruption by Public

Servants, shall entitle Purchaser to cancel the contract/s and all or

any other contracts and then to recover from the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor the amounts of any loss arising from such

contracts’ cancellation, including but not limited to imposition of

penal damages, forfeiture of Security Deposit, encashment of the

Bank Guarantee and refund of the amounts paid by the Purchaser.

(c) In case, it is found to the satisfaction of the Purchaser that the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor has engaged an Agent or paid

commission or influenced any person to obtain the contract as

described in clauses relating to Agents / Agency Commission and

use of undue Influence, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, on

a specific request of the Purchaser shall provide necessary

information / inspection of the relevant financial document /

information.

IN-805 Banned or de-listed Contractors:

The bidders shall give a declaration that they have not been banned or

de-listed by any Government or quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If

a bidder has been banned or de-listed by any Government or quasi

Government agencies or PSUs, this fact must be clearly stated and it

may not necessarily be a cause for disqualifying him.

IN-806

a) As a general rule, price negotiation with L1 vendor(s) will not be

entered into as far as possible, unless warranted by unreasonable

price quoted in the opinion of GRSE.

b) During Technical and / or commercial negotiation in case the

participating vendors indicate the need of submission of revised

price bid but the same is not acceptable by competent authority in

due course, GRSE reserves the right to consider such bid(s) to be

disqualified on this ground under intimation to the relevant

vendor(s) before price bid opening.

c) Delivery schedule as mentioned above is our essential

requirement. GRSE reserves the right to cancel the bid if the

delivery requirement is not met.

d) Please forward your confirmation on all commercial points for

acceptance of your offer in tender data sheet.

e) In case your offer is not submitted in two separate given data

sheet, the same is liable to be rejected.

**************************

Page 112: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

9

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd.

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY

INDIGENOUS EQUIPMENT/MACHINERY.

Tender No……. Date ………….

STACS

CLAUSE

NO.

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

STACS

CLAUSE

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

STACS

CLAUSE

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

STACKS

CLAUSE

NO.

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

IN-101 IN-203 IN-501 IN-704

IN-102 IN-204 IN-502 IN-705

IN-103 IN-205 IN-503 IN-706

IN-104 IN-206 IN-504 IN-707

IN-105 IN-207 IN-708

IN-106 IN-208 IN-601 IN-709

IN-107 IN-209 IN-602.1 IN-710

IN-108 IN-210 IN-602.2 IN-711

IN-109 IN-211 IN-603 IN-712

IN-110 IN-212 IN-604 IN-713

IN-111 IN-605 IN-714

IN-112 IN-301 IN-606 IN-715

IN-113 IN-302 IN-607.1

IN-114 IN-303 IN-607.2 IN-801

IN-115 IN-304 IN-607.3 IN-802

IN-116 IN-305 IN-607.4 IN-803

IN-117 IN-306 IN-607.5 IN-804

IN-118 IN-607.6 IN-805

IN-119 IN-401 IN-608 IN-806

IN-120 IN-402

IN-403 IN-701

IN-201 IN-404 IN-702

IN-202 IN-405 IN-703

COMPANY SEAL.

SIGNATURE ………………………. NAME ………………………. DESIGNATION………………………

COMPANY NAME & ADDRESS

……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

NOTE:

o Bidders should read the standard terms and conditions(STACS) included in the Tender carefully

prior to filling up this acceptance format.

o This format should be proINrly filled signed and returned along with your technical bid for

considering your bid.

o Please indicate ACC- For accepted, NO – For not accepted and DEV – For deviation taken.

o Separate sheet to be attached for any deviation taken by you.

o STACS clause numbers shown in the format includes the sub clauses under them also.

Page 113: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

10

ANNEXURE: V

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY (IMPORTED EQUIPMENT / MACHINERY FOR PROJECT)

REF. NO. : GRSE-STACS-PE-IMP

INDEX

1. GENERAL

2. QUOTATIONS AND ORDER ACCEPTANCE TERMS

3. PACKING, SHIPPING, INSURANCE & FREIGHT DETAILS, AND DELIVERY

4. GUARANTEE / WARRANTY

5. QUALITY CERTIFICATION

6. TERMS OF PAYMENT

7. INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ASSISTANCE

8. MISCELLANEOUS

ANNEXURE

A. STACS ACCEPTANCE FORMAT

B. BID BOND / EMD BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT

C. SECURITY DEPOSIT BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT

D. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT

E. SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

Page 114: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

11

PE-1 GENERAL

PE-101 The word ‘Purchaser’ refers to GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS &

ENGINEERS LTD (GRSEL), a Company registered under the Indian Companies Act, 1913 and it includes its successors or assigns.

PE-102 The word ‘Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor ’ means the person / firm

/ Company who undertakes to manufacture and or supply and or

undertake work of any nature assigned by the Purchaser from time to

time and includes its successors or assigns.

PE-103 The word ‘Owner’ means the person or authority with whom Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited (Purchaser) has contracted to

carry out work in relation to which orders are placed by the Purchaser on

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor under this contract for supply or

manufacture of certain items and would include Department of Defence

Production & Supplies, Ministry of Defence, Government of India, the

Indian Navy, the Coast Guard and any other specified authority.

PE-104 The equipment / products / items to be supplied shall be strictly in

accordance with the Drawings / Specifications / Requirements indicated

in the Tender / Enquiry / Order with deviations, if any, as mutually

accepted.

PE-105 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall not either wholly or partly

sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the rights, liabilities and

obligations under the contract between him and the Purchaser without prior consent of the Purchaser in writing.

PE-106 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall hold harmless and keep the

Purchaser indemnified against all claims arising as a result of

infringement of any patent / copy rights on account of manufacture, sale

or use of articles covered by the order. A clear & quite possession of

goods should take place with the passing of the title on execution of

order.

PE-107 Any letter, facsimile message, e-mail intimation or notice sent to the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor at the last known address mentioned

in the offer / order shall be deemed to be valid communication for the

purpose of the contract.

PE-108 All contracts shall be deemed to have been wholly made in Kolkata and all claims thereunder are payable at Kolkata and it is the distinct

condition of the order that no suit or action for the purpose of enforcing

any claim in respect of the order shall be instituted in any Court other

than that situated in Kolkata City, West Bengal State, India.

PE-109 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall unconditionally and free of

cost to the Purchaser transfer information on technological developments

/ innovations / modifications which the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor would evolve in future (within 3 years) in relation to the supplied

equipment. To enable this, the Purchaser’s address shall be added to the

Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s mailing list or database or any

other document maintained for dissemination of product information and

the Purchaser shall be informed of the action taken in this regard. If such

improvements / modifications are brought in by the Sub-contractor’s /

Supplier’s / Vendor’s Design Department in the course of manufacture

of equipment ordered by the Purchaser, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall incorporate such improved versions in the equipment

without any extra cost to the Purchaser.

PE-110 If the Purchaser be desirous of getting incorporated all post supply

modifications / improvements arising out of technological developments

to the original equipment supplied by the Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, shall quote for and carry out all such modifications to the equipment.

PE-110.1 Where the whole or a portion of the equipment has been specifically

developed by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor for the Owner and

the latter would through the Purchaser be bearing the entire or part of the

development cost incurred by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor, the

design rights for the whole or portion thereof, of the equipment as

appropriate, shall vest in the Owners.

PE-110.2 Prior approval of the Owner should be obtained before similar articles

are sold / supplied to any other party other than the Owner. If such

approval is given and sale is effected, the Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor shall pay to the Owner royalty at the rate mutually agreed to.

PE-111 SECRECY:

All property (such as materials, drawings, documents etc) issued by the Purchaser or any other individual or firm on behalf of the Purchaser in

connection with the contract shall remain confidential, being the property

of the Purchaser and the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall

undertake to return all such property so issued and will be responsible for

any or all loss thereof and damage thereto resulting from whatever

causes and shall reimburse the Purchaser the full amount of loss and

damage.

All information given to the supplier for the execution of the

order is to be treated as SECRET / CONFIDENTIAL. The Technical information, Drawings, Specification and other related Documents

forming part of this Enquiry /Order are the property of the Purchaser

and shall not be used for any other purpose except for the execution of

order. Any information / drawing etc. shall not be copied, transcribed,

traced or reproduced in any other form or otherwise in whole / part or

duplicated, modified, divulged and / or disclosed to a third party, not

misused, used in any other form whatsoever without Purchaser’s prior

consent in writing except to the extent required for the execution of this order. At the time of tendering, the tenderer has to give an undertaking in

favour of GRSE that in the event of any breach of the above provisions,

he would make good of any loss /cost/damage / any other claim

whatsoever preferred by anybody to GRSE in this respect.

PE-112 PRESERVATION:

A detailed procedure for long and short term preservation of the equipment and periodicity of preservation alongwith special

preservatives, if required, prior to installation of the equipment shall be

furnished by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. The detailed

procedure for de-preservation prior to commissioning shall also be

furnished.

Should any material require any additional preservation till its

final installation / fitment on board the Ship, the materials should be

supplied in preserved (sealed or in cocoons) condition for long duration of time as per order. Detailed procedures for subsequent de-preservation

/ re-preservation are to be stated by Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

The preserved sealed cases / cocoons will not be opened on

receipt and same will be opened when the first preservation is due or if

required on board earlier. The short fall, discrepancy or damage , if any,

found during the inspection after opening these cases will have to be

replaced / made good by the supplier free of cost within reasonable

period.

PE-113 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall render free of cost guidance

in case the Purchaser intends to set-up testing, repair / maintenance

facility to overhaul the equipment supplied by the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor.

PE-114 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall continue to support the equipment for a minimum period of 20 years from the date of supply by

making available spare parts and assemblies of the equipment supplied.

Should the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor decides to discontinue the

product, for any reason whatsoever, adequate notice shall be given to the

Purchaser / Owner to enable procurement of the requisite lifetime spares.

PE-115 Purchase preference in respect of equipment / product and or services of

Central Public Enterprises will be applicable for such / similar equipment / product / services on tender as per extant policy promulgated by

Department of Public Enterprises, Government of India.

PE-116 The Purchaser reserves the right to accept and or reject any or all tenders

and or to withdraw the tender in toto without assigning any reason

whatsoever.

PE-117 Registration as Approved Vendor : (c) The Sub-contractor/Supplier/vendor is to confirm whether they are

registered with GRSE as approved Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor

under 5-disit Supplier Code and indicate Product Group Code. If not

registered, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor will have to

approach GRSE’s V R Cell for completion of all formalities for

permanent registration with GRSE immediately after submission of

any quotation/offer. Failure to comply to this requirement will result in rejection of offer and restriction of further business.

(d) The bidder is to confirm whether they are registered with DGQA as

approved vendor for supply of the category of item as tendered. If not

registered, the bidder is to approach DGQA immediately for

registration after complying with all formalities like capacity

assessment for supply of the required category of equipment / item

within a time frame of 6 weeks from placement of conditional order,

if issued.

PE-118 MOU : Regular suppliers are requested to enter into Memorandum of

Understanding with GRSE as regards Commercial Terms & Conditions

contained in this STACS.

PE-119 Examination of price: Where the contract price has not been fixed in

effective competition and the contract is not for articles whose prices are

controlled, the owner reserves the right to investigate reasonableness of the price paid and negotiate directly with the sub-

contractor/supplier/vendor for reduction of price where appropriate. The

Owner can also ask for declaration that less basic price is not charged to

other customers including Govt. and PSU.

Page 115: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

12

PE-120 Individuality of contract: In the event of the offer getting converted into

an order, the said order shall be treated as an individual contract, shall

not allow any general lien to the parties and shall not get prejudiced in

execution due to situation arising out of some other contract that the supplier may have with GRSE.

PE-2. Quotations and Order Acceptance Terms:

PE-201 Tenderer shall pay special attention to the following points. Failure to

comply with these may disqualify the tenderer.

(a) Tender number and due date to be superscribed on all the

envelopes. (b) Tender to be submitted on or before the due date and time.

(c) Offer to be as per specifications and complying with tender

conditions.

(d) The envelopes to be sealed properly.

PE-202 Unless otherwise stated, the offers shall be in ‘Two Bid System’ only, in

two separately sealed envelopes: -

(a) PART-I - ‘Techno-Commercial Bid’ and marked thus. In addition,

Part-I shall include-

(i) Proforma Price Schedule blanking the prices and indicating

‘Quoted / Not Quoted’ (as applicable against each item on

tender).

(ii) Duties / Taxes, Octroi, freight charges, insurance and or any

other Statutory levies payable, specifying incidence clearly / separately against each head.

(iii) The cost incidence against each head clearly indicating for F.

O. B. alongwith charges for packing and forwarding.

(iv) Compliance Statement clearly highlighting deviations /

exceptions, if any, to Technical Specifications, Standard Terms

and Conditions of Supply, Specific Tender Conditions. Non-

specifying of deviations against any or all clauses would be

construed as compliance to any / all conditions of tender. Any deviations to STACS, having financial implications, would be

considered suitably for loading the quoted price. (STACS

Acceptance Format is placed at Annexure 1).

(v) In case of press Tender Earnest Money Deposit @ 2% of the

total bid value by way of a bank guarantee from a bank of

international repute or value of Bid Bond as stipulated in the

tender, to be provided by overseas bidder / supplier as per format provided by the Purchaser. (Format placed at Annexure

2).

(vi) Copy of IS 9000: 2000 or equivalent Quality System Standards

certificate valid as of date.

(vii) A copy of the valid Export Licence.

(viii) Delivery Schedule.

(b) PART-II – ‘Price Bid’ - Quotes to be written in figures and words duly authenticated / signed by the authorised person and marked thus.

PE-203

(a) Both these sealed envelopes-Part I and Part II, shall be put in a third

envelope duly superscribing the Tender number and Due Date and

sealed properly and deposited as specified in the enquiry at the

following place/s: -

Material Department. G.R.S.E. LTD.

43/46, Garden Reach Road,

Kolkata-700 024

(*strike out whichever is not applicable)

(b) Overseas Bidders / Tenderers shall forward their offers addressed to

Deputy General Manager (Materials) OR Deputy General Manager

(N & I) Garden Reach Shipbuilder & Engineers Limited, 43/46, Garden Reach Road Kolkata 100 024, as the case may be, either by

courier service or by speed post so as to reach 48 hours in advance of

the due date of tender or by hand delivery before due date and time of

tender closing. Purchaser shall not be responsible for any postal /

courier delay and it is attributable solely to the tenderer.

(c) Offer in “Two Bid System” received by fax / e-mail and or offers

received beyond due date and time of tender is liable to be rejected.

PE-204

(a) The Price per ‘Ship set’ shall be quoted and breakup price of

individual items of main equipment and its accessories for supply to

Purchaser’s Yard for FOB , must be clearly stated.

(b) The offer shall indicate the discounted price, if more than one ship-set

is ordered.

(c) The price shall be inclusive of all rights, if any, of patents, registered

designs or trademarks and the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall indemnify the Purchaser against all claims in respect of the

same.

(d) The purchaser reserves the right to investigate the reasonableness of

the price and ask the vendor/supplier/sub-contractor for detail break

up of their cost.

PE-205

(a) The offer shall be valid for 90 days for acceptance and the prices shall

remain firm and fixed until delivery of the full quantity of the goods.

If not, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall indicate the period

during which the quoted price shall remain valid for supply of the equipment / article/s contracted for.

Should the Purchaser desire postponement of delivery of the

equipment / article within or beyond validity date of the offer, the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall indicate –

(i) the date by which such communication must be received

by him for deferring delivery without any financial

implication to the Purchaser,

and (iii) terms and conditions for effecting postponement of

delivery beyond the price validity period.

(b) Purchaser reserves the right to consider placement of Purchase Order

in part or in full against the tendered quantity.

PE-206 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall inform the Purchaser in

advance in case he is unable to participate in the tender for whatsoever

reason. Failure to comply with this will be viewed seriously and consecutive three failure on the part of Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor to do so is liable for disqualification / debarring of the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor from all future tender enquiries and or

delisting from the list of ‘Approved Registered Vendors.’

PE-207 Spares:

(a) Offers for Testing and tuning / commissioning spares shall be submitted, if not included / forming part of the main equipment,

as specified in the Statement of Requirement / Tender enquiry.

(b) The Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s offer shall include

a list of manufacturer’s recommended spares together with

itemised prices for -

One year uninterrupted operation (On board Spares)– validity of offer shall be a minimum for 90 days.

Five-year operation Base & Depot Spares – validity of offer shall be a minimum for 180 days. Minimum

order quantity against each item, if applicable, may

also be indicated.

(c) While the spares for one year are ordered by the Purchaser, the

spares for 5 years Operation will be ordered by the Owners or Purchaser. In case of 5 years operation spares, the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall indicate a base price

applicable to the year of quotation and indicate an acceptable

annual escalation formula based on which prices for future

requirements could be established during the life cycle of the

equipment in service.

In the event of inability to make an offer for these spares at the

time of quoting for main equipment, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall commit a date by which such an offer

can be made and adhere to it. Non-receipt of offer as committed

will render the order for main equipment liable for cancellation

without notice from and financial implication to the Purchaser.

PE-208 Tenders will be opened on the tender due date after 15.00 Hours in the

Materials Dept. Only authorised representatives of tenderers are permitted to witness the Part I tender opening, in case of Press Tenders

only. Tender opening shall neither be delayed nor withheld / postponed

on account of absence of any one or more Tenderers. All the envelopes

marked as ‘PRICE BID’ received at the time of Tender opening will be

noted and held unopened separately.

PE-209 In case of only Press Tenders authorised representatives of technically

qualified tenderers, who have submitted EMD / Bid Bond, as applicable, and complied with tender terms, will only be permitted to be present and

note the proceedings of the Price Bid - Part II opening in a manner as

directed by the tender opening officers. Qualifying tenderers not present

during price bid opening will not be parted with information on prices at

a later date. EMD of unsuccessful tenderers will be refunded on

submission of original copy of ‘Money Receipt’ / Bid Bond will be

returned within 30 days of finalisation of order.

PE-210 With the acceptance of the successful bidder’s offer by the Purchaser,

which is as per the Terms and Conditions of the tender, by means of LOI

/ Purchase Order, the Contract is concluded.

The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall, on receipt of the Purchase

Order, communicate his unconditional acceptance within two weeks of

from the date of mailing / receipt of the same in its entirety by returning

a copy of the Purchase Order duly signed by the authorised person and without any qualification. Communicating acceptance of the order

subject to any other terms and conditions of the contract on the part of

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall not bind the Purchaser in

respect of these conditions which are less favourable to the Purchaser as

compared with the conditions mutually agreed to and or stipulated in the

Purchase Order. It shall be the responsibility of the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor to enumerate specifically any error or discrepancy in

the Purchase Order at the time of acceptance. Failure to do so shall make

Page 116: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

13

the Purchase Order binding on the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor in

all respects.

Any delay in acknowledging the receipt of the Purchase Order within the

specified time limit or any qualification or modification of the Purchase Order in the acknowledgement of the Purchase Order by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall be a breach of the contract on the

part of Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. Compensation for the loss

caused by the breach will be recovered by the Purchaser by forfeiting the

Earnest Money, invoking Bid Security / Bid Bond given by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor. If the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s /

Vender’s bid contains any conditions and any correspondence which are

contrary to the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) then they shall be considered as superseded and void on the acceptance of the bid by the

Purchaser.

Recovery of compensation by the Purchaser from the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor by forfeiting the Earnest Money or by invoking the

Bid Security / Bid Bond shall be regarded as cancellation of the contract

which has come in to existence on the acceptance of the offer by the

Purchaser.

PE-211 Security Deposit

Security Deposit / Contract Performance Bank Guarantee for 5% of total

order value (in GRSE format enclosed) is to be submitted within one

month from the date of placement of order and this CPBG will remain

valid till receipt and acceptance of all materials with a claim period of

one month. The successful overseas Tenderer is required to submit

Security Deposit in the form of Bank Guarantee by a bank of international repute, drawn in favour of Purchaser. The Bank Guarantee

will be returned only after the successful execution of the order. In the

event of failure to execute the order satisfactorily or default by the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor, the Security Deposit will be forfeited.

PE-212 Unless otherwise specified in the ‘Statement of Requirement’ /

‘Technical Specifications for Procurement’, the supply shall include one

set of reproducible Velographs stamped ‘Approved’ by the Inspecting Authority, micro-films, floppies / CDs and six sets of paper prints. It

shall also include 15 sets each of the Operation / Maintenance Manuals,

Part Identification List, Comprehensive Part List, Test Certificates /

Shop Trial reports etc. of the equipment / article/s supplied.

(a) The binding drawings called for as per the ‘Statement of

Requirement’ / ‘Technical Specifications for Procurement’ or

the Purchase Order shall be supplied within 4 weeks from the date of Order or within stipulated time frame as indicated on

the face of Order, free of cost. Failure to comply may lead to

cancellation of Order without any financial implications to the

Purchaser.

(b) The drawings shall be submitted to Inspecting Authority and or

DGQA / NSM / GRSEL / Classification Society, as

appropriate, within 4 weeks from the date of Order.

(c) Wherever applicable, pilot sample shall be submitted to the authorities specified in the Purchase Order within 4 weeks

from the date of Order.

(d) In case of patternised items the vendor/supplier/sub-contractor

must confirm that the relevant drawings are held by them and

no waiver of contractual terms of order shall be considered for

non-performance on this account.

(e) For repeat orders, unless otherwise some changes in design had

taken place, fresh approval of drawings will not be required if the same has already been approved. Supplier/vendor/sub-

contractor shall go ahead with manufacture of the items which

are already developed for same / deferment ships for Navy

based on earlier approved drawings. Immediately on receipt of

order, Supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall submit 6 copies of

drawings for stamping and distribution.

PE-3.0 Packing, Shipping, Insurance & Freight details and Delivery:

PE-301 Packing

Packing should be export quality AIR/SEA-worthy rigid cases duly tied

with steel band to ensure full safety of the consignment in transit and

also must be properly secured in position within the cases using suitable

materials. The items should be wrapped in rust preventive papers. Due

care should be taken to adhere to following instructions – a) All material shall be strongly and securely packed for shipment /

transportation as applicable in minimum cubic space in such a manner

as to prevent damage and pilferage in transit from point of shipment

to final destination. Metal parts wherever necessary shall be well

slushed with preservatives to prevent rusting in transit. Should it be

proved that loss and damage has arisen from inadequate packing, the

losses shall be borne by Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. Each

packing shall be plainly marked and numbered upon four sides and the top thereof as instructed in the Purchase Order. Letters and

numbers shall be atleast 80 mms. high wherever possible. Packing

should indicate Case No., Order No., Gross Weight in Kgs., Nett

Weight in Kgs. and outside dimensions LxWxH (The information on

outside dimensions and weight shall be furnished to Purchaser atleast

one (1) month prior to shipment / despatch). No marking other than as

directed shall be inscribed on the said packages.

b) The main equipment, accessories and spares shall be separately

packed and cases be clearly marked. (Shipping Instructions are placed

at Annexure - 5).

c) Every package shall contain a packing list in triplicate and the order number, package number, number of cases in the consignment,

description and quantity of each item packed shall be clearly shown in

the packing list. The description and quantity of each item shall tally

with that specified in the order, wherever applicable.

d) Codification of Deliverables: All deliverables should be supplied with

GRSE item Code nos., which should be mentioned in the packing list

and on tags attached to each item. Design Dept will give the Code

nos. In advance of contractual delivery. The Supplier on receipt of Purchase Order and by a date not later than 8 weeks from receipt of

P.O., shall list out and confirm all deliverables including Main

Equipment, Accessories, On Board Spares, Tools, Technical

Documentations and other items. Each item shall have the firm’s part

no. and break up price. The same is required essentially for

incorporating GRSE material code nos. into the Purchase Orders and

computer systems. In the event of delay in submission of the required

details penalty @ ½% per week or part thereof upto the maximum of 5% of total value of all deliverables, shall be levied on the Supplier.

GRSE shall issue amendment to Purchase

Orders incorporating the details receipt from the Supplier

with GRSE Code numbers , individual prices etc. in

advance of contractual delivery. While despatching the

Supplier shall identify each item with GRSE code no. and

the firm’s part number. Packing list should indicate all

deliverable items specially mentioning/ mounted on main

equipment or loose items. Each item should be identified

with metallic or plastic tag indicating both GRSE code no.

and firm’s part no. In case of any deviation, GRSE shall not

be in any way responsible for delay in issue of receipt

inspection report and payment.

e) All OBS are to be PIP packed. OBS and tools are to be supplied in

separate boxes with clear identification and part numbers in metallic or plastic tag. Supplier’s rep. is required during receipt inspection of

loose items, accessories, spares and tools for easy identification and

detection of shortfall.

PE-302 Insurance

Transit Insurance shall be arranged by Purchaser. Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall immediately on despatch of the items, inform the despatch details such as Purchase Order number, AWB number, number

of packages, value of consignment, invoice number directly GRSE for

arranging necessary transit insurance.

PE-303 Storage and Demurrage will be claimed from the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor for all shipments that reach GRSEL without proper

despatch documentations and not accompanied by packing lists, invoices

etc. The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall be responsible for fines due to errors or omissions in description, weight or measurements and

for increased handling charges due to improper packing. Demurage, if

any, due to wrong/non-availability of shipping documents will borne by

supplier/vendor.

PE-304 Where so stipulated in the order, the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor

shall render such reports from time to time as regards the progress of the

contract and in such a form as may be called for by the Purchaser. The Purchaser reserves the right to cancel an order forthwith without any

financial implications on either side, if on completion of 50% of the

scheduled delivery period the progress of manufacture is not to the

satisfaction of Purchaser / Owner and failure on the part of the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor to comply with the delivery schedule is

inevitable. In such an event the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall

repay all the advances together with interest at prevailing bank rates from the date of receipt of such advances till date of repayment. The title

of any property delivered to Purchaser will be reverted to the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor at his cost.

PE-305 The Purchaser reserves the right to advise the Sub-contractor / Supplier /

Vendor at short notice, of Purchaser’s intention to airfreight certain items

in part or full thereof, if the need arises, in order to meet the criticality of

shipbuilding programme. The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall make necessary arrangements for airworthy packing and forward the

consignments to the Airport without any extra charges to the Purchaser.

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall fax the flight details and airmail

well in advance all despatch documents in triplicate to the Purchaser.

PE-4.0 Guarantee / Warranty

PE-401 The equipment/materials are to be guaranteed/ warranted for satisfactory

performance for the period of 12 months from the date of satisfactory

commissioning of the vessel on which the equipment/materials/items are

installed OR for the period of 36 months from the date of final dispatch,

whichever expires earlier, against improper design, defective materials

and faulty workmanship. During guarantee/warrantee period any

equipment or component thereof supplied by the vendor/sub-contractor,

Page 117: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

14

suffers due to defective material and or due to improper design and or

due to defective drawing or due to faulty workmanship the vendor/sub

contractor will assume full responsibility of rectification of such

defective equipment or component thereof including direct expenses related to removal and re-positioning of the replacement/repaired

equipment or component thereof and subsequent test & trial, incurred

thereon without any financial implication to GRSE including direct

expenses relating to removal and repositioning of the replacement /

repaired equipment or components thereof and subsequent test & trial,

incurred there to..

In the event Purchaser/Owner desires to have extension of

Guarantee/Warranty period beyond the stipulated period, as above, the vendor/sub-Contractor/supplier shall quote for the same on monthly

basis for the period of such extension.

PE-402 If the defects intimated during the Guarantee period are not remedied

within a reasonable / stipulated time, the Purchaser may proceed to

rectify the defects at the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s risk and

cost, but without prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may

have against the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor in respect of the failure of the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor to remedy such defects.

PE-403 Inspection and approval of the equipment or material by the Inspecting

Authority/ies does not absolve the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor of

the responsibility of guarantee for the equipment / material. It will be the

sole responsibility of the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor to ensure

that the equipment / material supplied is complete in all respects and performs to its / their designed parameters.

PE-404 Should the articles, or any portion thereof of the equipment be found

defective / rejected, the Contractor/ Supplier shall collect the same from

the Purchaser’s Stores, all incidental charges being borne by him

(inclusive of Customs Duty, if payable), within 30 days from the date of

intimation to the Contractor / Supplier of such rejection. The Purchaser

reserves the right to dispose of the rejected items at the end of a total period of 90 days in any manner to the best advantage to the Purchaser

and recover storage charges and any consequential damages, from sale

proceeds of such disposal.

The defective / rejected material noticed during receipt inspection stage

or at manufacturing stage will be returned to Manufacturer / Supplier, if

so desired by him, on FOB basis only and nominate shipping agent to

facilitate replacement. In the event Manufacturer / Supplier is not desirous of taking away the rejected material for any reason whatsoever,

the applicable customs duty that will become payable shall be paid by /

recoverable from the Manufacturer / Supplier.

PE-405 In the event of Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s failure to attend

the Guarantee defects within a reasonable period of time, the

Performance Bank Guarantee will be encashed by the Purchaser. The

Purchaser’s decision shall be final and binding on Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor in this regard.

PE-406 Issues/Defects related to Guarantee/Warranty shall have to be liquidated

at the location of vessel and as desired by the Purchaser / Owner.

PE-5.0 Quality Certification:

PE-501 Purchase preference will be considered in case the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor is accredited with ISO 9000: 2000 or equivalent

International Quality System Standards in respect of equipment /

Products and or items on tender.

PE-502 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall submit as proof, in Part-I of

the bid documents, a copy of ISO 9000: or equivalent international

Quality System Standards certificate valid as of date.

PE-503 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall engage sub-contractors and

avail supplies from suppliers with prior approval of Purchaser and such

sub-contractors and suppliers shall also be accredited with ISO 9000: or

equivalent international Quality System Standards.

PE-504 In the event the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor is not being ISO

9000: accredited firm, the fact shall clearly be stated and the Quality Assurance / Quality Control organisation of the company be described in

detail. Pursuant to scrutiny of such statement / documentation, the

Purchaser may decide to accept the offer with pre-conditions specified

for acceptance or reject the bid submitted.

PE-6.0 Terms of Payment:

PE-601 Unless or otherwise mutually agreed upon and stipulated in the Purchase Order, 90% payment of the Purchase Order value shall be made by

irrevocable letter of credit to be opened four Months prior to delivery on

presentation and receipt of the following documents by the Purchaser’s

Bankers: -

a) Original and three copies of Clean Bill of Lading / Airway Bill.

b) Six copies of invoice showing itemwise FOB prices alongwith

packing lists.

c) Certificate confirming that three copies of Invoice, Packing List,

Certificate of Origin, Test Certificate and Non-negotiable copy of Bill of Lading / Airway Bill have been airmailed directly to

Purchaser immediately on shipment.

d) Certificate of country of origin, in triplicate, issued by the

Chamber of Commerce.

e) Warranty certificate, in triplicate.

f) Six copies of Manufacturer’s Works Test Certificate / Shop Test

Certificate.

g) Six copies of Certificate of Inspection and Approval from ABS / LRS / DNV/ SPS,MOD(N),U.K BV / DOT / NMD or any other

nominated Inspection Authority, (whichever is applicable).

h) Certificate to the effect that copies of Instruction / Operation /

Maintenance Manuals have been directly forwarded to the openers

of Letter of Credit by the beneficiary.

i) Certificate to the effect that six copies of ‘as built’ drawings

alongwith three reproducible drawings or in Electronic medium

have been directly forwarded to the openers of Letter of Credit by the beneficiary.

j) Certificate regarding Liquidated Damage / Penalty vis-à-vis

delivery schedule.

k) A performance Bank guarantee of 10% of the order value in the

format issued with the Purchase Order (original + 2 Xerox copies).

The bank guarantee is to be valid during the currency of the

guarantee period for the equipment, with an invocation period of one month.

All the documents clearly indicate the Purchaser’s Order number, Import

Licence Number, Airway Bill / Bill of Lading Number on Invoice and

Packing Lists.

The balance 10% payment shall be made by Telegraphic Transfer, after

satisfactory installation and trials / commissioning and as certified by the Purchaser. The Contractor / Supplier shall have to submit the invoice

through their bankers for payment on ‘Collection Basis’ from

Purchaser’s bankers. The invoice will have to indicate total amount

payable as per the Purchase Order, amount received against Letter of

Credit, balance amount due, less Liquidated Damages recoverable as per

the Purchase Order yielding net payable. Certificate from Purchaser

certifying satisfactory commissioning of equipment and a certificate regarding Liquidated Damages amount is to be submitted along with the

invoice.

PE-601.1 Advance Payment is not accepted by GRSE. However, if still insisted

advance payment Upto a maximum of 10% against submission of

equivalent Bank Guarantee (in GRSE Format)

All advance payments should be interest bearing. Penal interest is to be

charged on the Advance in case of delay in delivery of supplies beyond the agreed schedule.

Where order is cancelled and advance payment already released to the

contractor , the Contractor shall refund all such advance payments

received, to GRSE with LIBOR Rate Interests and GRSE shall have the

right to recover the amount from outstanding dues to the contractor

against any purchase orders placed by GRSE.

PE-602 Liquidated Damages / Risk Purchase:

PE-602.1 In the event that-

a) Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor (Seller) fails to deliver the

equipment / product or documentation meeting the requirement of

the Purchase Order on or before dates specified, OR

b) the equipment / product when tested in accordance with the

performance requirement of the Purchase Order, fails to meet those performance parameters, the buyer (Purchaser) will suffer damages

in an amount that is not susceptible to calculation with reasonable

certainty. Therefore, any Liquidated Damages set forth in this

Purchase Order represent a reasonable determination of the amount

of damages that the Purchaser will suffer, and are not penalties.

Seller hereby waives any defence to Purchaser’s recovery of such

Liquidated Damages on the plea that actual damages are

ascertainable or that such Liquidated Damages do not represent a reasonable determination of damages suffered by Purchaser or are

penalties.

PE-602.2 Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor will be liable to pay Liquidated

Damages for late delivery of product / documentation as stated in the

Purchase Order. Unless otherwise expressly specified, the rate of

Liquidated Damages for late delivery of product shall be at the rate of

0.5% of the total price of undelivered product per week (or part thereof) of delay upto a maximum of 5% of the value of undelivered product.

Such Liquidated Damages shall be deducted by the Purchaser from any

monies due to Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. Payments made by the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor of Liquidated Damages shall be in

addition to any other remedies (other than any other remedy for the

recovery of damages) available to the Purchaser, including without

limitation the remedy of cancellation of Order for default.

Page 118: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

15

PE-602.3 Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor will be liable to pay Liquidated

Damages for late delivery of Manuals, Drawings and Documentation as

agreed to by Purchaser and Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor and as stated in the Purchase Order.

PE-602.4 If the equipment / article or any portion thereof be not delivered by the

scheduled delivery date, the Purchaser shall be at liberty, without

prejudice to the right of the Purchaser to recover Liquidated Damages /

penalty as provided for in these conditions or to any other remedy for

breach of contract, to terminate the contract either wholly or to the extent

of such default. Amounts advanced or part thereof corresponding to the undelivered supply shall be recoverable from the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor at the prevailing bank rate of interest.

.PE-602.5 The Purchaser shall be at liberty to purchase, manufacture or supply

from stock as it deems fit, other articles of the same or similar

description to make good such default and or in the event of the contract

being terminated, the balance of the articles of the remaining to be

delivered thereunder. Any excess over the purchase price, cost of manufacture or value of any articles supplied from the stock, as the case

may be, over the contract price shall be recoverable from the Sub-

contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

PE-602.6 In case of unsatisfactory progress of supply at any point of time after

placement of order GRSE reserve the right to cancel the order without

assigning any reason and to procure the ordered material from any alternative source at your complete risk and cost.

GRSE also reserves the right to cancel the order forthwith without any

financial implications on either side if upon lapse of 50% of the

scheduled delivery time the progress of manufacture is not up to the

satisfaction of GRSE/Owner and the failure on the part of the sub-

contractor/supplier/vendor to conform to the delivery schedule is

inevitable.

PE-603 Taxes & Duties :

All taxes, duties, levies etc. as applicable outside India will be borne by

firm / vendor, whereas,

All taxes, duties, levies etc. as applicable in India will be borne by

GRSE.

PE-604 Bank Charges : All normal Bank Charges in India will be borne by GRSE and Bank

charges outside India will be borne by the supplier. Letter of Credit shall

be negotiable through any correspondent Bank of GRSE Bankers in the

supplier's country.

Bank Charges for extension of LOC required by the Supplier's default

shall be borne by the supplier.

PE-7.0 Inspection, Testing and Commissioning Assistance:

PE-701 The equipment / items will be inspected by one or more

agencies indicated below and an inspection certificate(s) shall

accompany the equipment.

Statutory : D. O. T. or N. M. D.

Regulatory: Classification Society – L. R. S., A

B. S., D. N. V., B. V., etc.

Specification: Survey, DQAN / CQAE, Classification Society. Others: Owners, W. P. S. (K), GRSEL

PE-702 The articles to be supplied shall be strictly in accordance with

the drawings/specification/statement of requisition (SOR) / samples

indicated in the order.

PE-703 The supplier /vendor/sub-contractor shall not sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose off the rights, liabilities and obligations

under the contract without the previous consent of the purchaser in

writing.

PE-704 The articles shall be subject to Inspection and Quality

Assurance by QA Authorities or their agents (Inspecting Officer) as

specified in the order. The supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall give 30

days’ notice for inspection and will make necessary arrangements / provide necessary facilities to inspectors / nominated agency to carry out

inspection / testing during course of manufacture/final inspection and

testing as required. Formal Inspection Certificates will be issued by the

relevant QA Authorities /Agents.

PE-705 Immediately on receipt of order the supplier/vendor/sub-

contractor shall get in touch with the Inspection Authority and submit

Quality Assurance Plan. Exact scope, stages and parameters of inspection and test schedule shall be as per QA Plan duly approved by

the QA Authority. All charges for inspection shall be borne by the

suppliers/vendors/sub-contractor.

PE-706 Receipt Inspection shall be carried out by GRSE/Indian

Navy/Owner’s representative at GRSE yard as applicable. Receipt

Inspection of on-board spares (OBS) will be carried out by Quality

Assurance (QA) dept. of GRSE and thereafter, the same will be mustered

& handed over to ship as & when required. Joint inspection along with

supplier/vendor’s representative shall be carried out for major items.

For materials supplied with long term preservation in sealed cases / cocoons, receipt inspection will be followed as per PRESERVATION at

Cl. PE-112 above.

PE-707 The price should be inclusive of

inspection/approval/certification cost to meet the relevant requirement of

the technical specification. This should also include the cost of

furnishing shock calculations and type test results wherever applicable.

PE-708 The supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall furnish all relevant

Inspection Certificates and Test & Guarantee Certificates along with

each consignment and copies of same in triplicate shall also be mailed /

forwarded to GRSE immediately on despatch of articles. The

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall also provide 3 copies of weighed

Weight Certificate for items supplied.

PE-709 The decision of the inspecting authority or his agent, as the case may be, on any question of the intent, meaning and the scope of

specifications / Standards shall be final, conclusive and binding on the

Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

PE-710 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall provide the

requisite training for the Purchaser’s / Owner’s Personnel at Sub-

contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s / GRSE’s premises or on board the vessel where the equipment is installed, in respect of the equipment

received from the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor. The cost of

travelling, lodging, boarding etc. shall be borne as mutually agreed to

and detailed in the order.

PE-711 The services of the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s

Engineers shall be provided free of cost till Guarantee period / extended

Guarantee period as required by the Purchaser to assist / supervise the installation, setting to work, commissioning, harbour and sea trials of the

equipment supplied by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor for the

periods as mutually agreed upon and as per the terms and conditions of

the order.

Should the Purchaser / Owner desire to avail services beyond the free

service periods available against the contract, the Sub-contractor /

Supplier / Vendor shall quote for the same on hourly / daily rate basis along with other terms and conditions, if any.

PE-712 Conditions of tests and inspection requirements, if not held by

the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor are to be obtained from the

Inspection Authority. Any / all other technical clarifications may be

obtained from Inspection Authority directly, under intimation to

Purchaser.

PE-713 The Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor shall accord all facilities

to Purchaser’s Inspectors / Nominated Agency to carry out Inspection /

Testing during course of manufacture / final testing.

PE-714 REPLACEMENT FOR REJECTION :

(d) Should the articles, or any portion thereof be rejected, the contractor

shall collect the same from the purchaser’s yard within 15 days from the date of intimation of such rejection to the supplier/vendor/sub-

contractor and replace/rectify the same on top priority basis. Before

collection of rejected items the supplier/vendor/sub-contractor shall

furnish Bank Guarantee/Bank Draft of equivalent amount or accept

GRSE holding back payment of their qualifying bills of equivalent

amount till deficiencies are made good. The purchaser reserve the

right to dispose off the rejected items at the end of a total period of 90 days in a manner to the best advantage to the purchaser and recover

storage charges and any consequential damages, from sale proceeds

of such disposal. Rejection of materials and also the late delivery will

affect further business with GRSE.

(e) The guarantee period of replaced parts /items shall however be

reckoned from the date of replacement.

(f) If the defects are not remedied within a reasonable/stipulated time, the

purchaser may proceed to rectify the defects at the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor’s risk & cost but without prejudice to

any other rights which the purchaser may have against the

supplier/vendor/sub-contractor in respect of their failure to remedy

such defects.

PE-715 The services of the Sub-contractor’s / Supplier’s / Vendor’s Engineers shall be provided free of cost till Guarantee period / extended

Guarantee period as required by the Purchaser to assist / supervise the

installation, setting to work, commissioning of the equipment supplied

by the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Vendor.

PE-801 Agent or Agency Commission.

Page 119: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

16

The Seller confirms and declares to the Buyer that the Seller is the

original manufacture of the stores referred to in this contract and has not

engaged any individual on firm, whether Indian or foreign whatsoever, to

intercede facilitate or in any way to recommend to the Government of India or any of its functionaries, whether officially or unofficially, to the

award of the contract to the Seller nor has any amount been paid,

promised or intended to be intercession, facilitation or recommendation.

The Seller agrees that if it is established at any time to the satisfaction of

the buyer that the present declaration is in any way incorrect or if at a

later stage it is discovered by the Buyer that the Seller has engaged any

such individual/firm, and paid or intended to pay any amount, gift,

reward, fees, commission or consideration to such person ,party, firm or institution, whether before or after the signing of this contract, the Seller

will be liable to refund that the amount to Buyer. The Seller will also be

debarred from entering into any Supply contract with the Government of

India for a minimum period of five years. The Buyer will also have a

right to consider cancellation of the contract either wholly or in part

without any entitlement or compensation to the Seller who shall in such

event be liable to refund all payments made by the Buyer in terms of the

contract along with the interest at the rate of 2% per annum above, the LIBOR rate, the buyer will also have the right to receiver any such

amount from any contracts concluded earlier with the Govt. of India.

The Contractor / Supplier shall confirm and declare to the Purchaser his

genuine status as either the original manufacturer of equipment or as the

stockist / supplier of the equipment / machinery / items referred to in this

contract and that he has not engaged any individual or firm, whether Indian or foreign whatsoever, to intercede, facilitate or in any way to

recommend to the Purchaser or any of its functionaries, whether

officially or unofficially, to the award of the contract to the Contractor /

Supplier nor has any amount been paid, promised or intended to be paid

to any such individual or firm in respect of any such intercession,

facilitation or recommendation. The Contractor / Supplier shall agree

that if it is established at any time to the satisfaction of the Purchaser that

the present declaration is in any way incorrect or if at a later stage it is discovered by the Purchaser that the Contractor / Supplier has engaged

any such individual / firm, and paid or intended to pay any amount, gift,

reward, fees, commission or consideration to such person, party, firm or

institution, whether before or after the signing of this contract, the

Contractor / Supplier shall be liable to refund that amount to the

Purchaser. The Contractor / Supplier will also be debarred from entering

into any supply contract with the Purchaser for a minimum period of five years. The Purchaser will also have a right to consider cancellation of the

contract either wholly or in part, without any entitlement or

compensation to the Contractor / Supplier who shall in such event be

liable to refund all payments made by the Purchaser, along with interest

at the rate of 2% per annum above the LIBOR rate. The Purchaser will

also have the right to recover any such amount from any contracts

concluded earlier with the Purchaser.

PE-802 Access to the Books of accounts.

In case it is found to the satisfaction of the Buyer that the Seller has

engaged an Agent on said commission or influenced any person to obtain

the contract as described in clauses relating to Agents/agency

commission and penalty for use of undue influence, the Seller on specific

request of the Buyer shall provide necessary information/inspection of

the relevant financial documents/information.

PE-803 Arbitration

Any dispute / differences between the parties arising out of and in

connection with the contract shall be settled amicably by mutual

negotiations. CMD/GRSE will be the Arbitrator. However Unresolved

disputes/ differences, if any, shall be settled by Arbitration and the

arbitration proceedings shall be conducted at Kolkata (India) in English language, under the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

If, at any time, before, during or after the contract period, any unsettled

claim, question, dispute or difference arises between the parties, upon or

in relation to or in connection with or in any way touching or concerning

this tender / agreement/order, the same shall be referred to the Chairman

& Managing Director ('CMD' in short) or the Managing Director ('MD'

in short) as the case may be of Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers

Ltd. ('GRSE' in short)for adjudication of the said disputes or differences as Sole Arbitrator, in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration &

Conciliation Act, 1996.

The CMD (or MD), GRSE, if he so desires, may nominate/appoint

another officer of GRSE or a person whom he thinks fit and competent,

for adjudication of the disputes or differences, referred to him as the Sole

Arbitrator.

Such arbitration shall, in all respects, be conducted in accordance with

the provisions of the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules framed thereunder or any statutory modification or enactment thereof for

the time being in force.

The Award of the Sole Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding

upon the parties.

In the event of the death or resignation for any reason whatsoever of the

said Sole Arbitrator, appointed by the said CMD or MD of GRSE Ltd.,

CMD or MD of GRSE Ltd. on an application from either of the parties in

this behalf, shall act himself as the Sole Arbitrator or nominate / appoint,

in place of the outgoing Arbitrator, another officer of GRSE Ltd., or a

person whom he thinks fit and competent to adjudicate the said disputes

and differences in accordance with law. Also in the event of an arbitration award is set aside by a competent

court on an application from either party and unless otherwise ordered by

the said court, the CMD or MD of GRSE Ltd., on an application from

either party,shall himself act as Sole Arbitrator or nominate/appoint

another officer of GRSE Ltd. or a person whom he thinks fit and

competent to adjudicate the disputes and differences in accordance with

law.

The cost of arbitration, fees of the Arbitrator, remuneration of the stenographer and clerk, stamp paper etc. as shall be decided by the Sole

Arbitrator, shall be shared equally by the parties. The venue of

arbitration, unless otherwise decided by the parties or by the Sole

Arbitrator himself, shall be the premises of Garden Reach Shipbuilders

& Engineers Ltd., 43/46 Garden Reach Road, Kolkata - 700 024.

PE-804 Indemnification

The Contractor / Supplier, his employees, licencees, agents or Sub-Vendor / Sub-contractor, while on site of the Purchaser for the purpose

of this contract, shall indemnify the Purchaser against direct damage and

or injury to the property and or the person of the Purchaser or that of

Purchaser’s employees, agents, Sub-Contractors / Suppliers occurring

and to the extent caused by the negligence of the Contractor / Supplier,

his employees, licencees, agents or Sub-contractor by making good such

damages to the property, or compensating personal injury and the total liability for such damages or injury shall be as mutually discussed and

agreed to.

PE-805 Force Majeure

Should any force majeure circumstances arise, each of the party to the

order shall be excused for the non-fulfilment or for the delayed

fulfilment of any of its contractual obligations, if the affected Party

within 15 days of its occurrence informs the other party in writing. Force majeure shall mean fire, flood, natural calamities or other acts

such as war, turmoils, strikes (as not limited to be establishment of the

supplier), sabotage, explosions, quarantine, restrictions beyond the

control of either party.

It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that the rights and

obligations of the parties shall be deemed to be in suspension during the

continuance of the force majeure event as aforesaid and the said rights and obligations shall automatically revive upon the cessation of the

intervening force majeure event. The period within which the rights and

obligations of the parties shall be in suspension due to force majeure

event shall not be considered as a delay with respect to the period of

delivery and / or acceptance of delivery under the contract or otherwise

to the detriment of either by the party.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediate foregoing clause it is

further understood and agreed between the parties hereto that in the event of any force majeure persisting for an uninterrupted period

exceeding 6(six) months, either party hereto reserves the right to

terminate this order upon giving prior written notice of 30 (thirty) days to

the other party of the intention to terminate without any liability other

than reimbursement on the terms provided in this order for the goods

received..

PE-806 Use of Undue Influence / Corrupt Practices: a) The Contractor / Supplier should give an undertaking that he has not

given, offered or promised to give, directly or indirectly any gift,

consideration, reward, commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to

any person in service of the Purchaser or otherwise in procuring the

contract or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any

act in relation to the obtaining or execution of the Contract with the

Purchaser for showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavour to any person in relation to the Contract or any other Contract with the

Purchaser. Any breach of the aforesaid undertaking by the Contractor

/ Supplier or any one employed by him or acting on his behalf

(whether with or without the knowledge of the Contractor / Supplier)

or the commission of any offence by the Contractor / Supplier or any

one employed by him or acting on his behalf, as defined in Chapter

IX of the Indian Penal Code, 1980 or the Prevention of Corruption

Act, 1947 or any other Act enacted for the prevention of corruption shall entitle the Purchaser to cancel the contract and all or any other

contracts with the Contractor / Supplier and recover from the

Contractor / Supplier the amount of any loss arising from such

cancellation. A decision of the Purchaser or his nominee to the effect

that a breach of the undertaking has been committed shall be final and

binding on the Contractor / Supplier.

b) The Contractor / Supplier shall not offer or agree to give any person

in the employment of Purchaser any gift or consideration of any kind as “Inducement” or “reward” for doing or forbearing to do or for

having done or foreborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or

execution of the contract/s. Any breach of the aforesaid condition by

the Contractor / Suppliers or any one employed by them or acting on

their behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the Contractor

/ Suppliers) or the commission of any offence by the Contractor /

Suppliers or by any one employed by them or acting on their behalf

Page 120: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

17

which shall be punishable under the Indian Penal Code 1980 or the

Prevention of Corruption by Public Servants, shall entitle Purchaser to

cancel the contract/s and all or any other contracts and then to recover

from the Contractor / Supplier the amounts of any loss arising from such contracts’ cancellation, including but not limited to imposition of

penal damages, forfeiture of Security Deposit, encashment of the

Bank Guarantee and refund of the amounts paid by the Purchaser.

c) In case, it is found to the satisfaction of the Purchaser that the

Contractor / Supplier has engaged an Agent or paid commission or

influenced any person to obtain the contract as described in clauses

relating to Agents / Agency Commission and use of undue Influence,

the Contractor / Supplier, on a specific request of the Purchaser shall provide necessary information / inspection of the relevant financial

document / information.

PE-807 Immunity of Government of India Clause

It is expressly understood and agreed by and between M/s. (Contractor /

Supplier) and M/S Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd. 43/46,

Garden Reach Road, Kolkata –700024 (the Indian PSU) is entering into

this Agreement solely on its own behalf and not on the behalf of any person or entity. In particular, it is expressly understood and agreed that

the Government of India is not a party to this Agreement and has no

liabilities, obligations or rights hereunder. It is expressly understood and

agreed that Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd. 43/46, Garden

Reach Road, Kolkata 700024 (the Indian PSU) is an independent legal

entity with power and authority to enter into contracts solely in its own

behalf under the applicable of Laws of India and general principles of Contract Law. The (Contractor / Supplier) expressly agrees,

acknowledges and understands that Garden Reach Shipbuilders &

Engineers Ltd. 43/46,Garden Reach Road, Kolkata-700024 (the Indian

PSU) is not an agent, representative or delegate of the Government of

India. It is further understood and agreed that the Government of India is

not and shall not be liable for any acts, omissions and commissions,

breaches or other wrongs arising out of the contract. Accordingly,

(Contractor / Supplier) hereby expressly waives, releases and foregoes

any and all actions or claims, including cross claims, impleader claims or

counter claims against the Government of India arising out of this

contract and covenants not to sue Government of India in any manner,

claim, cause of action or thing whatsoever arising of or under this Agreement.

PE-808 Banned or de-listed Contractors:

The bidders shall give a declaration that they have not been banned or

de-listed by any Government or quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If

a bidder has been banned or de-listed by any Government or quasi

Government agencies or PSUs, this fact must be clearly stated and it may

not necessarily be a cause for disqualifying him.

PE-809 No information in respect of contracts/orders shall be released to the

national or international media or any one not directly involved in its

execution without the express written approval of the Integrated

Headquarters, MOD(Navy) [ DND/DSP].

PE-810

a) As a general rule, price negotiation with L1 vendor(s) will not be entered into as far as possible, unless warranted by unreasonable price

quoted in the opinion of GRSE.

b) During Technical and / or commercial negotiation in case the

participating vendors indicate the need of submission of revised price

bid but the same is not acceptable by competent authority in due

course, GRSE reserves the right to consider such bid(s) to be

disqualified on this ground under intimation to the relevant vendor(s) before price bid opening.

c) Delivery schedule as mentioned above is our essential requirement.

GRSE reserves the right to cancel the bid if the delivery requirement

is not met.

d) Please forward your confirmation on all commercial points for

acceptance of your offer in tender data sheet.

e) In case your offer is not submitted in two separate given data sheet,

the same is liable to be rejected.

*********************************

Page 121: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd.

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY

IMPORTED EQUIPMENT/MACHINERY.

Tender No……. Date ………….

STACS

CLAUSE

NO.

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

STACS

CLAUSE

NO.

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

STACS

CLAUSE

NO.

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

STACKS

CLAUSE

NO.

BIDDER’S

REMARKS

PE-101 PE-203 PE-501 PE-708

PE-102 PE-204 PE-502 PE-709

PE-103 PE-205 PE-503 PE-710

PE-104 PE-206 PE-504 PE-711

PE-105 PE-207 PE-712

PE-106 PE-208 PE-601 PE-713

PE-107 PE-209 PE-601.1 PE-714

PE-108 PE-210 PE-602.1 PE-715

PE-109 PE-211 PE-602.2

PE-110 PE-212 PE-602.3 PE-801

PE-111 PE-602.4 PE-802

PE-112 PE-301 PE-602.5 PE-803

PE-113 PE-302 PE-602.6 PE-804

PE-114 PE-303 PE-603 PE-805

PE-115 PE-304 PE-604 PE-806

PE-116 PE-305 PE-807

PE-117 PE-701 PE-808

PE-118 PE-401 PE-702 PE-809

PE-119 PE-402 PE-703 PE-810

PE-120 PE-403 PE-704

PE-404 PE-705

PE-201 PE-405 PE-706

PE-202 PE-406 PE-707

COMPANY SEAL.

SIGNATURE ………………………. NAME ………………………. DESIGNATION………………………

COMPANY NAME & ADDRESS

……………………………………….. ………………………………………..

NOTE:

o Bidders should read the standard terms and conditions(STACS) included in the Tender

carefully prior to filling up this acceptance format.

o This format should be properly filled signed and returned along with your

technical bid for considering your bid.

o Please indicate ACC- For accepted, NO – For not accepted and DEV – For

deviation taken.

o Separate sheet to be attached for any deviation taken by you.

o STACS clause numbers shown in the format includes the sub clauses under them also.

Page 122: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

ANNEXURE: III

FORMAT NO. QS/03/0019

PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE TOWARDS SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE

THIS DEED OF GUARANTEE made this …………………day of ……………………BETWEEN…………………………………………………(hereinafter called “ THE BANK ”) which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnent to the context , be deemed to include its

successors in office and assigns of the ONE Part and GARDEN REACH SHIIPBUILDERS AND ENGINEERS LIMITED , having

their Head OfficAt 43/46 , Garden Reach Road , Calcutta – 700024 (hereinafter called “ THE BUYERS ”) which expression shall

unlesss excluded by or repugnant to the context be deemed to include their successors in Office and assigns of the part

WHEREAS Messers ………………………………………………………….having its registered office at ……………………………………(hereinafter

called “ THE SELLER ”) have accepted an Order No. ………………………………for supply of ……………………………………from the Buyer to manufacture and deliver the same to Buyer in good condition .

AND WHEREAS it is one of the terms of the said order that the seller shall furnish to the Buyer a Bank Guarantee

comprising …………………….……….% of the value of the order amounting to Rs. ……………………. (Rupees………………

………………………………………………… only) for the satisfactory performance of the equipments supplied against the said order at

least for a period of ……………………………………… from the date of supply i. e. from ………………………………………………AND

WHEREAS the Buyer has agreed to accept such Bank Guarantee .

NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH THAT in consideration of the premise the Bank hereby unequivocally undertakes

and agrees with the Buyer to pay to the Buyer upon demand in writing whenever required so by them to do and

within a fortnight from date of such demand sum or sums not exceeding in the whole of Rs.

……………………..(Rupees…………….…………………………………………………… only ) as may become payable to the Buyer by the seller

by virtue of or arising out of the Terms and Conditions of the said Order.

Provided it is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that if any question as to whether any sum has become payable

by the seller to the buyer by virtue of or arising out of the said order, the decision of the Buyer will be final and

conclusive and the Guarantee herein contained shall not be revocable by notice or by reason of dissolution or winding up

of the business of the seller of any change in the constitution or composition of the seller’s business and the liability of

the bank under this presents shall not be impaired in any way by any extension of time or alteration made given conceded

in the conditions of the said order or any other indulgence given by the buyer or by reasons of any failure on the part of

the Buyer to enforce any of their remedies against the sellers and / or by reasons of failure on the part of the Buyer to

observe or perform any of the stipulation contained in the said order and to be observed or performed by the sellers

or by any other dealings between the Buyer and Seller whether any of the above takes place with or without the

knowledge of the Bank and that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and virtue only . All claims and

demands of the Buyer arising out of or in connection with the said order have been fully paid and satisfied PROVIDED

ALWAYS AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES THAT a Bank’s liability under this Indenture shall

remain in full froce from the date of issue of the Guarantee till…………………… and is limited to a sum of Rs. ………………(Rupees………………………………………………………..)only.

NOTWITHSTANDING anything stated above our liability under the Guarantee is restricted to Rs . ………………… (Rupees…………

……………………… ………………… only ). Our Guarantee shall remain in force upto…………………………..and unless a claim or demand in writing is made on the bank within 6 months from the date of expiry of the Bank Guarantee the bank shall be released

and discharged from all liabilities thereunder.

Date : ……………200 Signature of Bank’s Authorised

Signatories with Code No., Name,

Designation and Bank Stamp

Page 123: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

FORM NO. QS/03/0020

GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS & ENGINEERS LIMITED

43/46, GARDEN REACH ROAD KOLKATA – 700 024.

FORMAT OF BANK GUARANTEE TOWARDS SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Ref : 1. BPE Notification No. BPE/G:032/78/1(4)/Adv(F)/69 dated 24.10.78. 2. F.No.0(7)/B.O.III/75 dated 2.11.77. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GUARANTEE BOND

(to be used by all scheduled banks)

1. In consideration of M/s. Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited, 43/46, Garden Reach Road, Kolkata – 700 024(hereinafter called “The Buyer”) having agreed to exempt M/s.………………………………………………………………. (hereinafter called “The Party”) from the demand,under the terms and conditions contained in the Tender/ Purchase order no…………………….dated …………… (hereinafter called “the said Tender/ Order”) of security deposit for the due fulfillment by the

said Party’s of the terms and conditions contained in the said Tender,on production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs………… (Rupees…………………… ……………..only), we …………………………………… Bank Limited (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) do

hereby undertake to pay to the Buyer an amount not exceeding Rs……………….. against any loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Buyer by reasn of breach by the said Party of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Tender.

2. We……………………………Bank do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this Guarantee without any

demur, merely on a demand from the Buyer stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused, to or would be caused to or suffered by the Buyer by reason of any breach by the said Party of any of the terms or conditions

contained in the said Tender or by reason of the Party’s failure to perform the said Tender. Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this guarantee.

3. We………………………….Bank Limited further agree to the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during

the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Tender. Order and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all

the dues of the Buyer under or by virtue of the said Tender/Order have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till the Chairman & Managing Director, Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Limited, certifies that the terms & conditions of

the said Tender have been fully and properly carried out by the said Party and accordingly discharges the Guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this Guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the……………………… we shall be discharged from all liability under this Guarantee thereafter.

4. We…………………………………Bank Limited further agree with the Buyer that the Buyer shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms & conditions of the said

Tender/Order or to extended time of performance by the said party from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Buyer against the said Party and to forbear or enforce any of terms and conditions

relating to the said Tender/Order and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Party or for any for bearance, act or omission on the part of the Buyer or any indulgence by the Buyer

to the said Party or by any such matter of thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so relieving us.

5. We……………………………………..Bank Limited lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the

previous consent of the Buyer in writing.

6. Not withstanding anything contained here in above, the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee is restricted to Rs………… (Rupees…………………………… ……………….……………….only) and that this Guarantee shall remain in force until its expiry on the ……………(date), unless a suit or action to enforce a claim under this Guarantee is made against the Guarantor within six months

from the date of expiry, all the rights of the beneficiary under the said Guarantee shall b released and discharged from all liabilities thereof.

For ………………………………….Bank Limited. (seal)

Dated the ………………..day of ……………………….200…..

Page 124: ANNEXURE - A (TECHNICAL OFFER) 01867.pdf · 2017. 10. 25. · implementation of policies for Micro & Small Enterprises, 2012 are as follows: a) ... Items are to be supplied as per

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

SHIPPING MARKS: The packing case should be marked as GRSE LTD., KOLKATA (INDIA) CASE NO……………………….. DIMENSION ……………… GROSS WEIGHT ………….. NET WEIGHT ……………. CONSIGNOR’S NAME ……………………………………….. PORT OF DISCHARGE ………………………………………..

Shipping arrangements through Sea will be made by the Ministry of Shipping.

1) Transport (Chartering Wing), PARIVAHAN BHAWAN, 1, Parliament Street, New Delhi - 110007(Cable TRANSCHART) Fax No.011 2371- 8614 through their respective Forwarding AGENTS/nominees as mentioned below to whom adequate notice about the readiness of each consignment should be given by the Sellers from time to time at least six weeks in advance of the required position, for finalizing the shipping arrangements.

OR 2) By GRSE nominated freight forwarder as the case may be.

3) The Bills of Lading should be drawn so as to show:

Consignee : To order Notify : Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd., 43/46, Garden Reach Road, Kolkata – 700 024.

4) Two non-negotiable copies of the Bills of Lading including the freight amount and discount, if any allowed, should be forwarded to the Shipping Co-ordination Officer, Ministry of Shipping & Transport (Chartering Wing), PARIVAHAN BHAWAN, 1 Parliament Street, New Delhi – 110007 after the shipment of each consignment is affected.